mediaconvert

package
v0.12.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Sep 17, 2019 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 8 Imported by: 26

Documentation

Overview

Package mediaconvert provides the client and types for making API requests to MediaConvert.

AWS Elemental MediaConvert

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29 for more information on this service.

See mediaconvert package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediaconvert/

Using the Client

To use MediaConvert with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the MediaConvert client for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediaconvert/#New

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	ServiceName = "MediaConvert" // Service's name
	ServiceID   = "MediaConvert" // Service's identifier
	EndpointsID = "mediaconvert" // Service's Endpoint identifier
)
View Source 
const (

	// ErrCodeBadRequestException for service response error code
	// "BadRequestException".
	ErrCodeBadRequestException = "BadRequestException"

	// ErrCodeConflictException for service response error code
	// "ConflictException".
	ErrCodeConflictException = "ConflictException"

	// ErrCodeForbiddenException for service response error code
	// "ForbiddenException".
	ErrCodeForbiddenException = "ForbiddenException"

	// ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException for service response error code
	// "InternalServerErrorException".
	ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException = "InternalServerErrorException"

	// ErrCodeNotFoundException for service response error code
	// "NotFoundException".
	ErrCodeNotFoundException = "NotFoundException"

	// ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException for service response error code
	// "TooManyRequestsException".
	ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException = "TooManyRequestsException"
)

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix 

type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix string

Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. 

const (
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal             AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AacCodecProfile 

type AacCodecProfile string

AAC Profile. 

const (
	AacCodecProfileLc   AacCodecProfile = "LC"
	AacCodecProfileHev1 AacCodecProfile = "HEV1"
	AacCodecProfileHev2 AacCodecProfile = "HEV2"
)

Enum values for AacCodecProfile

func (AacCodecProfile) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacCodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AacCodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacCodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AacCodingMode 

type AacCodingMode string

Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E. 

const (
	AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix AacCodingMode = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode10  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode11  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode20  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode51  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1"
)

Enum values for AacCodingMode

func (AacCodingMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacCodingMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AacCodingMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacCodingMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AacRateControlMode 

type AacRateControlMode string

Rate Control Mode. 

const (
	AacRateControlModeCbr AacRateControlMode = "CBR"
	AacRateControlModeVbr AacRateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for AacRateControlMode

func (AacRateControlMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacRateControlMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AacRateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacRateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AacRawFormat 

type AacRawFormat string

Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, you must choose "No container" for the output container. 

const (
	AacRawFormatLatmLoas AacRawFormat = "LATM_LOAS"
	AacRawFormatNone     AacRawFormat = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AacRawFormat

func (AacRawFormat) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacRawFormat) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AacRawFormat) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacRawFormat) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AacSettings 

type AacSettings struct {

	// Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio
	// + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be
	// set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster
	// mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed
	// audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD,
	// the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.
	// Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description
	// (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType
	// and FollowInputAudioType.
	AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix `locationName:"audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for
	// this setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000,
	// 32000, 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000,
	// 192000, 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000,
	// 768000, 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values
	// that you choose for Profile (codecProfile), Bitrate control mode (codingMode),
	// and Sample rate (sampleRate). Default values depend on Bitrate control mode
	// and Profile.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"6000" type:"integer"`

	// AAC Profile.
	CodecProfile AacCodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values
	// depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver
	// Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits
	// a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in
	// the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E.
	CodingMode AacCodingMode `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Rate Control Mode.
	RateControlMode AacRateControlMode `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output,
	// you must choose "No container" for the output container.
	RawFormat AacRawFormat `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"8000" type:"integer"`

	// Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// containers.
	Specification AacSpecification `locationName:"specification" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR.
	VbrQuality AacVbrQuality `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.

func (AacSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AacSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AacSettings) String 

func (s AacSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AacSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AacSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AacSpecification 

type AacSpecification string

Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream containers. 

const (
	AacSpecificationMpeg2 AacSpecification = "MPEG2"
	AacSpecificationMpeg4 AacSpecification = "MPEG4"
)

Enum values for AacSpecification

func (AacSpecification) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacSpecification) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AacSpecification) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacSpecification) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AacVbrQuality 

type AacVbrQuality string

VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR. 

const (
	AacVbrQualityLow        AacVbrQuality = "LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumLow  AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumHigh AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_HIGH"
	AacVbrQualityHigh       AacVbrQuality = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for AacVbrQuality

func (AacVbrQuality) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacVbrQuality) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AacVbrQuality) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AacVbrQuality) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Ac3BitstreamMode 

type Ac3BitstreamMode string

Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E). 

const (
	Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue         Ac3BitstreamMode = "DIALOGUE"
	Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Ac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Ac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects  Ac3BitstreamMode = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver        Ac3BitstreamMode = "VOICE_OVER"
)

Enum values for Ac3BitstreamMode

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Ac3CodingMode 

type Ac3CodingMode string

Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. 

const (
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"
)

Enum values for Ac3CodingMode

func (Ac3CodingMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3CodingMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Ac3CodingMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3CodingMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile 

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile string

If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. 

const (
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone         Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Ac3LfeFilter 

type Ac3LfeFilter string

Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. 

const (
	Ac3LfeFilterEnabled  Ac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
	Ac3LfeFilterDisabled Ac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Ac3LfeFilter

func (Ac3LfeFilter) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3LfeFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Ac3LfeFilter) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3LfeFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Ac3MetadataControl 

type Ac3MetadataControl string

When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 

const (
	Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Ac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Ac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Ac3MetadataControl

func (Ac3MetadataControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3MetadataControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Ac3MetadataControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Ac3MetadataControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Ac3Settings 

type Ac3Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on
	// the coding mode.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"64000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
	// more information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
	// E).
	BitstreamMode Ac3BitstreamMode `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Ac3CodingMode `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital,
	// dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the
	// output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
	DynamicRangeCompressionProfile Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only
	// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter Ac3LfeFilter `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
	// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
	// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Ac3MetadataControl `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AC3.

func (Ac3Settings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Ac3Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Ac3Settings) String 

func (s Ac3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Ac3Settings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AccelerationMode added in v0.8.0 

type AccelerationMode string

Enable Acceleration (AccelerationMode) on any job that you want processed with accelerated transcoding. 

const (
	AccelerationModeDisabled AccelerationMode = "DISABLED"
	AccelerationModeEnabled  AccelerationMode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AccelerationMode

func (AccelerationMode) MarshalValue added in v0.8.0 

func (enum AccelerationMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AccelerationMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.8.0 

func (enum AccelerationMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AccelerationSettings added in v0.8.0 

type AccelerationSettings struct {

	// Acceleration configuration for the job.
	//
	// Mode is a required field
	Mode AccelerationMode `locationName:"mode" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert User Guide.

func (AccelerationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s AccelerationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AccelerationSettings) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s AccelerationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AccelerationSettings) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *AccelerationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AfdSignaling 

type AfdSignaling string

This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling (AfdSignaling) to specify whether the service includes AFD values in the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input AFD scaler data. 

const (
	AfdSignalingNone  AfdSignaling = "NONE"
	AfdSignalingAuto  AfdSignaling = "AUTO"
	AfdSignalingFixed AfdSignaling = "FIXED"
)

Enum values for AfdSignaling

func (AfdSignaling) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AfdSignaling) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AfdSignaling) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AfdSignaling) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AiffSettings 

type AiffSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding
	// quality for this audio track.
	BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" min:"16" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are
	// 1 and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Sample rate in hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"8000" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AIFF.

func (AiffSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AiffSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AiffSettings) String 

func (s AiffSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AiffSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AiffSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AncillaryConvert608To708 added in v0.12.0 

type AncillaryConvert608To708 string

Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708. 

const (
	AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert AncillaryConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled  AncillaryConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AncillaryConvert608To708

func (AncillaryConvert608To708) MarshalValue added in v0.12.0 

func (enum AncillaryConvert608To708) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AncillaryConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.12.0 

func (enum AncillaryConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AncillarySourceSettings 

type AncillarySourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
	// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes
	// the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the
	// 608 data into 708.
	Convert608To708 AncillaryConvert608To708 `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"sourceAncillaryChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of
	// each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable
	// this setting.
	TerminateCaptions AncillaryTerminateCaptions `locationName:"terminateCaptions" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for ancillary captions source.

func (AncillarySourceSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AncillarySourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AncillarySourceSettings) String 

func (s AncillarySourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AncillarySourceSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AncillaryTerminateCaptions added in v0.12.0 

type AncillaryTerminateCaptions string

By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this setting. 

const (
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT"
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled   AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AncillaryTerminateCaptions

func (AncillaryTerminateCaptions) MarshalValue added in v0.12.0 

func (enum AncillaryTerminateCaptions) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AncillaryTerminateCaptions) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.12.0 

func (enum AncillaryTerminateCaptions) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AntiAlias 

type AntiAlias string

The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service no longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in your job, the service will ignore the setting. 

const (
	AntiAliasDisabled AntiAlias = "DISABLED"
	AntiAliasEnabled  AntiAlias = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AntiAlias

func (AntiAlias) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AntiAlias) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AntiAlias) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AntiAlias) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AssociateCertificateInput added in v0.6.0 

type AssociateCertificateInput struct {

	// The ARN of the ACM certificate that you want to associate with your MediaConvert
	// resource.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Associates the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate with an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.

func (AssociateCertificateInput) MarshalFields added in v0.6.0 

func (s AssociateCertificateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AssociateCertificateInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s AssociateCertificateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AssociateCertificateInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *AssociateCertificateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AssociateCertificateOutput added in v0.6.0 

type AssociateCertificateOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful association of Certificate Manager Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with Mediaconvert returns an OK message.

func (AssociateCertificateOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.6.0 

func (s AssociateCertificateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AssociateCertificateOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s AssociateCertificateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AssociateCertificateRequest added in v0.6.0 

type AssociateCertificateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *AssociateCertificateInput
	Copy  func(*AssociateCertificateInput) AssociateCertificateRequest
}

AssociateCertificateRequest is the request type for the AssociateCertificate API operation.

func (AssociateCertificateRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r AssociateCertificateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*AssociateCertificateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the AssociateCertificate API request.

type AssociateCertificateResponse added in v0.9.0 

type AssociateCertificateResponse struct {
	*AssociateCertificateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

AssociateCertificateResponse is the response type for the AssociateCertificate API operation.

func (*AssociateCertificateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *AssociateCertificateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the AssociateCertificate request.

type AudioCodec 

type AudioCodec string

Type of Audio codec. 

const (
	AudioCodecAac         AudioCodec = "AAC"
	AudioCodecMp2         AudioCodec = "MP2"
	AudioCodecWav         AudioCodec = "WAV"
	AudioCodecAiff        AudioCodec = "AIFF"
	AudioCodecAc3         AudioCodec = "AC3"
	AudioCodecEac3        AudioCodec = "EAC3"
	AudioCodecEac3Atmos   AudioCodec = "EAC3_ATMOS"
	AudioCodecPassthrough AudioCodec = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for AudioCodec

func (AudioCodec) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioCodec) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioCodec) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioCodec) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AudioCodecSettings 

type AudioCodecSettings struct {

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of
	// AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of
	// Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you
	// control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR
	// mode, you use the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend
	// on the rate control mode.
	AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value AC3.
	Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value AIFF.
	AiffSettings *AiffSettings `locationName:"aiffSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Type of Audio codec.
	Codec AudioCodec `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value EAC3_ATMOS.
	Eac3AtmosSettings *Eac3AtmosSettings `locationName:"eac3AtmosSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value EAC3.
	Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value MP2.
	Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value WAV.
	WavSettings *WavSettings `locationName:"wavSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings * EAC3_ATMOS, Eac3AtmosSettings

func (AudioCodecSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AudioCodecSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AudioCodecSettings) String 

func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioCodecSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioDefaultSelection 

type AudioDefaultSelection string

Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the job. The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio. 

const (
	AudioDefaultSelectionDefault    AudioDefaultSelection = "DEFAULT"
	AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault AudioDefaultSelection = "NOT_DEFAULT"
)

Enum values for AudioDefaultSelection

func (AudioDefaultSelection) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioDefaultSelection) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioDefaultSelection) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioDefaultSelection) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AudioDescription 

type AudioDescription struct {

	// Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need
	// to comply with a loudness standard.
	AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case,
	// specify an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order
	// within each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the
	// third audio selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have
	// an "Audio Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that
	// input will be used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence
	// will be inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio
	// Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with
	// similar default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then
	// "Audio Selector 1" will be chosen automatically.
	AudioSourceName *string `locationName:"audioSourceName" type:"string"`

	// Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between
	// 0 and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1
	// = Clean Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary,
	// 4-255 = Reserved.
	AudioType *int64 `locationName:"audioType" type:"integer"`

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then
	// that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO
	// 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise
	// the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and
	// audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.
	AudioTypeControl AudioTypeControl `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the
	// group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary
	// depending on the value that you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each
	// codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The
	// following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings
	// * MP2, Mp2Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings
	// * EAC3, Eac3Settings * EAC3_ATMOS, Eac3AtmosSettings
	CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the language for this audio output track, using the ISO 639-2 or
	// ISO 639-3 three-letter language code. The language specified will be used
	// when 'Follow Input Language Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language
	// Code' is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the
	// input.
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified
	// in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language
	// Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but
	// there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output
	// to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified
	// for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT
	// is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
	LanguageCodeControl AudioLanguageCodeControl `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Advanced audio remixing settings.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify a label for this output audio stream. For example, "English", "Director
	// commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes this
	// information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's player
	// device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this setting.
	StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Description of audio output

func (AudioDescription) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AudioDescription) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AudioDescription) String 

func (s AudioDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioDescription) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioLanguageCodeControl 

type AudioLanguageCodeControl string

Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. 

const (
	AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput   AudioLanguageCodeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured AudioLanguageCodeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioLanguageCodeControl

func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioLanguageCodeControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioLanguageCodeControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm 

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm string

Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1: Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire piece of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2: Gated loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3: Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows for more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations such as 7.1. 

const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_1"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_2"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_3"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl 

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl string

When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. 

const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "CORRECT_AUDIO"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly  AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "MEASURE_ONLY"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging 

type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging string

If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file. 

const (
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog     AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "LOG"
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "DONT_LOG"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation 

type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation string

If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio track loudness. 

const (
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "TRUE_PEAK"
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone     AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AudioNormalizationSettings 

type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {

	// Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1:
	// Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire
	// piece of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC
	// recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2:
	// Gated loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the
	// requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3:
	// Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an
	// updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows
	// for more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations
	// such as 7.1.
	Algorithm AudioNormalizationAlgorithm `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If
	// disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
	AlgorithmControl AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level.
	// Content measuring below this level will not be corrected. Gating only applies
	// when not using real_time_correction.
	CorrectionGateLevel *int64 `locationName:"correctionGateLevel" type:"integer"`

	// If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.
	LoudnessLogging AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging `locationName:"loudnessLogging" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio
	// track loudness.
	PeakCalculation AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation `locationName:"peakCalculation" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When you use Audio normalization (AudioNormalizationSettings), optionally
	// use this setting to specify a target loudness. If you don't specify a value
	// here, the encoder chooses a value for you, based on the algorithm that you
	// choose for Algorithm (algorithm). If you choose algorithm 1770-1, the encoder
	// will choose -24 LKFS; otherwise, the encoder will choose -23 LKFS.
	TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to comply with a loudness standard.

func (AudioNormalizationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AudioNormalizationSettings) String 

func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioSelector 

type AudioSelector struct {

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source, using the ISO
	// 639-2 or ISO 639-3 three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the
	// job. The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified
	// input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio.
	DefaultSelection AudioDefaultSelection `locationName:"defaultSelection" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies audio data from an external file source.
	ExternalAudioFileInput *string `locationName:"externalAudioFileInput" type:"string"`

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input
	// video.
	Offset *int64 `locationName:"offset" type:"integer"`

	// Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID
	// 0x101).
	Pids []int64 `locationName:"pids" type:"list"`

	// Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service
	// extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs,
	// create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers.
	// In the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track.
	// Choose the program number from the dropdown list. If you are sending a JSON
	// file, provide the program ID, which is part of the audio metadata. If your
	// input file has incorrect metadata, you can choose All channels instead of
	// a program number to have the service ignore the program IDs and include all
	// the programs in the track.
	ProgramSelection *int64 `locationName:"programSelection" type:"integer"`

	// Use these settings to reorder the audio channels of one input to match those
	// of another input. This allows you to combine the two files into a single
	// output, one after the other.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the type of the audio selector.
	SelectorType AudioSelectorType `locationName:"selectorType" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering
	// the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector,
	// specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated
	// list. For examle, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3. Specifying
	// directly in your JSON job file, provide the track numbers in an array. For
	// example, "tracks": [1,2,3].
	Tracks []int64 `locationName:"tracks" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Selector for Audio

func (AudioSelector) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AudioSelector) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AudioSelector) String 

func (s AudioSelector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioSelector) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioSelectorGroup 

type AudioSelectorGroup struct {

	// Name of an Audio Selector within the same input to include in the group.
	// Audio selector names are standardized, based on their order within the input
	// (e.g., "Audio Selector 1"). The audio selector name parameter can be repeated
	// to add any number of audio selectors to the group.
	AudioSelectorNames []string `locationName:"audioSelectorNames" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Group of Audio Selectors

func (AudioSelectorGroup) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AudioSelectorGroup) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AudioSelectorGroup) String 

func (s AudioSelectorGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AudioSelectorType 

type AudioSelectorType string

Specifies the type of the audio selector. 

const (
	AudioSelectorTypePid          AudioSelectorType = "PID"
	AudioSelectorTypeTrack        AudioSelectorType = "TRACK"
	AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode AudioSelectorType = "LANGUAGE_CODE"
)

Enum values for AudioSelectorType

func (AudioSelectorType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioSelectorType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioSelectorType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioSelectorType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AudioTypeControl 

type AudioTypeControl string

When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD. 

const (
	AudioTypeControlFollowInput   AudioTypeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioTypeControlUseConfigured AudioTypeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioTypeControl

func (AudioTypeControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioTypeControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (AudioTypeControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum AudioTypeControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type AvailBlanking 

type AvailBlanking struct {

	// Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png
	// images are supported.
	AvailBlankingImage *string `locationName:"availBlankingImage" min:"14" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for Avail Blanking

func (AvailBlanking) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s AvailBlanking) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (AvailBlanking) String 

func (s AvailBlanking) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AvailBlanking) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BillingTagsSource added in v0.5.0 

type BillingTagsSource string

Optional. Choose a tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use to sort your AWS Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that you set up. Any transcoding outputs that don't have an associated tag will appear in your billing report unsorted. If you don't choose a valid value for this field, your job outputs will appear on the billing report unsorted. 

const (
	BillingTagsSourceQueue       BillingTagsSource = "QUEUE"
	BillingTagsSourcePreset      BillingTagsSource = "PRESET"
	BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate BillingTagsSource = "JOB_TEMPLATE"
)

Enum values for BillingTagsSource

func (BillingTagsSource) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum BillingTagsSource) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (BillingTagsSource) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum BillingTagsSource) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type BurninDestinationSettings 

type BurninDestinationSettings struct {

	// If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to
	// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly,
	// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output.
	// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
	// the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
	// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
	// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Alignment BurninSubtitleAlignment `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundColor BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	// Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	FontColor BurninSubtitleFontColor `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`

	// Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode
	// is not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or
	// CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. This is
	// used to help determine the appropriate font for rendering burn-in captions.
	FontScript FontScript `locationName:"fontScript" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for
	// automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
	// match.
	FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
	// that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	OutlineColor BurninSubtitleOutlineColor `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	ShadowColor BurninSubtitleShadowColor `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
	// this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify
	// whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions
	// grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
	// the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional
	// to make the text easier to read if the captions are closed caption.
	TeletextSpacing BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
	// of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
	// 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
	// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
	// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided,
	// the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option
	// is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
	// These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Burn-In Destination Settings.

func (BurninDestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s BurninDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (BurninDestinationSettings) String 

func (s BurninDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BurninSubtitleAlignment 

type BurninSubtitleAlignment string

If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered BurninSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED"
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft     BurninSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleAlignment

func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor 

type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor string

Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone  BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type BurninSubtitleFontColor 

type BurninSubtitleFontColor string

Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow BurninSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorRed    BurninSubtitleFontColor = "RED"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue   BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleFontColor

func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor 

type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor string

Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed    BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue   BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type BurninSubtitleShadowColor 

type BurninSubtitleShadowColor string

Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone  BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor

func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing 

type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing string

Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the text easier to read if the captions are closed caption. 

const (
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid    BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID"
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CancelJobInput 

type CancelJobInput struct {

	// The Job ID of the job to be cancelled.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Cancel a job by sending a request with the job ID

func (CancelJobInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CancelJobInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CancelJobInput) String 

func (s CancelJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CancelJobInput) Validate 

func (s *CancelJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelJobOutput 

type CancelJobOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A cancel job request will receive a response with an empty body.

func (CancelJobOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CancelJobOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CancelJobOutput) String 

func (s CancelJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CancelJobRequest 

type CancelJobRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CancelJobInput
	Copy  func(*CancelJobInput) CancelJobRequest
}

CancelJobRequest is the request type for the CancelJob API operation.

func (CancelJobRequest) Send 

func (r CancelJobRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CancelJobResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CancelJob API request.

type CancelJobResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CancelJobResponse struct {
	*CancelJobOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CancelJobResponse is the response type for the CancelJob API operation.

func (*CancelJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CancelJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CancelJob request.

type CaptionDescription 

type CaptionDescription struct {

	// Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each
	// input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption
	// Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from
	// each input.
	CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Indicates the language of the caption output track, using the ISO 639-2 or
	// ISO 639-3 three-letter language code. For most captions output formats, the
	// encoder puts this language information in the output captions metadata. If
	// your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses this
	// language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
	// text.
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings
	// are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder
	// uses this language information to choose the font language for rendering
	// the captions text.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert
	// passes this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Description of Caption output

func (CaptionDescription) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CaptionDescription) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CaptionDescription) String 

func (s CaptionDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDescription) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionDescriptionPreset 

type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct {

	// Indicates the language of the caption output track, using the ISO 639-2 or
	// ISO 639-3 three-letter language code. For most captions output formats, the
	// encoder puts this language information in the output captions metadata. If
	// your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses this
	// language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
	// text.
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings
	// are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder
	// uses this language information to choose the font language for rendering
	// the captions text.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert
	// passes this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Description for preset

func (CaptionDescriptionPreset) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CaptionDescriptionPreset) String 

func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDescriptionPreset) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionDestinationSettings 

type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {

	// Burn-In Destination Settings.
	BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings `locationName:"burninDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format
	// is embedded without SCTE-20. Other options are embedded with SCTE-20, burn-in,
	// DVB-sub, IMSC, SCC, SRT, teletext, TTML, and web-VTT. If you are using SCTE-20,
	// choose SCTE-20 plus embedded (SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED) to create an output that
	// complies with the SCTE-43 spec. To create a non-compliant output where the
	// embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20 (EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20).
	DestinationType CaptionDestinationType `locationName:"destinationType" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// DVB-Sub Destination Settings
	DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings specific to embedded/ancillary caption outputs, including 608/708
	// Channel destination number.
	EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings specific to IMSC caption outputs.
	ImscDestinationSettings *ImscDestinationSettings `locationName:"imscDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for SCC caption output.
	SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings `locationName:"sccDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for Teletext caption output
	TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information
	// (TtmlStylePassthrough).
	TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext.

func (CaptionDestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CaptionDestinationSettings) String 

func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionDestinationType 

type CaptionDestinationType string

Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format is embedded without SCTE-20. Other options are embedded with SCTE-20, burn-in, DVB-sub, IMSC, SCC, SRT, teletext, TTML, and web-VTT. If you are using SCTE-20, choose SCTE-20 plus embedded (SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED) to create an output that complies with the SCTE-43 spec. To create a non-compliant output where the embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20 (EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20). 

const (
	CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn             CaptionDestinationType = "BURN_IN"
	CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub             CaptionDestinationType = "DVB_SUB"
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded           CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED"
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20 CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20"
	CaptionDestinationTypeImsc               CaptionDestinationType = "IMSC"
	CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded CaptionDestinationType = "SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED"
	CaptionDestinationTypeScc                CaptionDestinationType = "SCC"
	CaptionDestinationTypeSrt                CaptionDestinationType = "SRT"
	CaptionDestinationTypeSmi                CaptionDestinationType = "SMI"
	CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext           CaptionDestinationType = "TELETEXT"
	CaptionDestinationTypeTtml               CaptionDestinationType = "TTML"
	CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt             CaptionDestinationType = "WEBVTT"
)

Enum values for CaptionDestinationType

func (CaptionDestinationType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum CaptionDestinationType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CaptionDestinationType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum CaptionDestinationType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CaptionSelector 

type CaptionSelector struct {

	// The specific language to extract from source, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 three-letter language code. If input is SCTE-27, complete this field
	// and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub
	// and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or PID to select
	// the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed
	// through, omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific
	// language with pass-through captions.
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete
	// this field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input
	// is DVB-Sub and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or
	// PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is
	// being passed through, omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to
	// extract a specific language with pass-through captions.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file,
	// specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions
	// are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
	SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings `locationName:"sourceSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Set up captions in your outputs by first selecting them from your input here.

func (CaptionSelector) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CaptionSelector) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CaptionSelector) String 

func (s CaptionSelector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSelector) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionSourceSettings 

type CaptionSourceSettings struct {

	// Settings for ancillary captions source.
	AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings `locationName:"ancillarySourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// DVB Sub Source Settings
	DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for embedded captions Source
	EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml
	// file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source
	// is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
	FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings `locationName:"fileSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The
	// service cannot auto-detect caption format.
	SourceType CaptionSourceType `locationName:"sourceType" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.
	TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number.
	// Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption
	// source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead
	// of TrackSourceSettings.
	TrackSourceSettings *TrackSourceSettings `locationName:"trackSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file, specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

func (CaptionSourceSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CaptionSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CaptionSourceSettings) String 

func (s CaptionSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionSourceType 

type CaptionSourceType string

Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The service cannot auto-detect caption format. 

const (
	CaptionSourceTypeAncillary  CaptionSourceType = "ANCILLARY"
	CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub     CaptionSourceType = "DVB_SUB"
	CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded   CaptionSourceType = "EMBEDDED"
	CaptionSourceTypeScte20     CaptionSourceType = "SCTE20"
	CaptionSourceTypeScc        CaptionSourceType = "SCC"
	CaptionSourceTypeTtml       CaptionSourceType = "TTML"
	CaptionSourceTypeStl        CaptionSourceType = "STL"
	CaptionSourceTypeSrt        CaptionSourceType = "SRT"
	CaptionSourceTypeSmi        CaptionSourceType = "SMI"
	CaptionSourceTypeTeletext   CaptionSourceType = "TELETEXT"
	CaptionSourceTypeNullSource CaptionSourceType = "NULL_SOURCE"
	CaptionSourceTypeImsc       CaptionSourceType = "IMSC"
)

Enum values for CaptionSourceType

func (CaptionSourceType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum CaptionSourceType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CaptionSourceType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum CaptionSourceType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ChannelMapping 

type ChannelMapping struct {

	// List of output channels
	OutputChannels []OutputChannelMapping `locationName:"outputChannels" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification).

func (ChannelMapping) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ChannelMapping) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ChannelMapping) String 

func (s ChannelMapping) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Client added in v0.9.0 

type Client struct {
	*aws.Client
}

Client provides the API operation methods for making requests to MediaConvert. See this package's package overview docs for details on the service.

The client's methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to modify mutate any of the struct's properties though.

func New 

func New(config aws.Config) *Client

New creates a new instance of the client from the provided Config.

Example: 

// Create a client from just a config.
svc := mediaconvert.New(myConfig)

func (*Client) AssociateCertificateRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) AssociateCertificateRequest(input *AssociateCertificateInput) AssociateCertificateRequest

AssociateCertificateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Associates an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with AWS Elemental MediaConvert. 

// Example sending a request using AssociateCertificateRequest.
req := client.AssociateCertificateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AssociateCertificate

func (*Client) CancelJobRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CancelJobRequest(input *CancelJobInput) CancelJobRequest

CancelJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Permanently cancel a job. Once you have canceled a job, you can't start it again. 

// Example sending a request using CancelJobRequest.
req := client.CancelJobRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJob

func (*Client) CreateJobRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) CreateJobRequest

CreateJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Create a new transcoding job. For information about jobs and job settings, see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 

// Example sending a request using CreateJobRequest.
req := client.CreateJobRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJob

func (*Client) CreateJobTemplateRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateJobTemplateRequest(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) CreateJobTemplateRequest

CreateJobTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Create a new job template. For information about job templates see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 

// Example sending a request using CreateJobTemplateRequest.
req := client.CreateJobTemplateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplate

func (*Client) CreatePresetRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) CreatePresetRequest

CreatePresetRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Create a new preset. For information about job templates see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html 

// Example sending a request using CreatePresetRequest.
req := client.CreatePresetRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePreset

func (*Client) CreateQueueRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) CreateQueueRequest(input *CreateQueueInput) CreateQueueRequest

CreateQueueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Create a new transcoding queue. For information about queues, see Working With Queues in the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html 

// Example sending a request using CreateQueueRequest.
req := client.CreateQueueRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueue

func (*Client) DeleteJobTemplateRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) DeleteJobTemplateRequest

DeleteJobTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Permanently delete a job template you have created. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteJobTemplateRequest.
req := client.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplate

func (*Client) DeletePresetRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeletePresetRequest(input *DeletePresetInput) DeletePresetRequest

DeletePresetRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Permanently delete a preset you have created. 

// Example sending a request using DeletePresetRequest.
req := client.DeletePresetRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePreset

func (*Client) DeleteQueueRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteQueueRequest(input *DeleteQueueInput) DeleteQueueRequest

DeleteQueueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Permanently delete a queue you have created. 

// Example sending a request using DeleteQueueRequest.
req := client.DeleteQueueRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueue

func (*Client) DescribeEndpointsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DescribeEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) DescribeEndpointsRequest

DescribeEndpointsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your account API endpoint. 

// Example sending a request using DescribeEndpointsRequest.
req := client.DescribeEndpointsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpoints

func (*Client) DisassociateCertificateRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) DisassociateCertificateRequest(input *DisassociateCertificateInput) DisassociateCertificateRequest

DisassociateCertificateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Removes an association between the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate and an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource. 

// Example sending a request using DisassociateCertificateRequest.
req := client.DisassociateCertificateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DisassociateCertificate

func (*Client) GetJobRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) GetJobRequest

GetJobRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve the JSON for a specific completed transcoding job. 

// Example sending a request using GetJobRequest.
req := client.GetJobRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJob

func (*Client) GetJobTemplateRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetJobTemplateRequest(input *GetJobTemplateInput) GetJobTemplateRequest

GetJobTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve the JSON for a specific job template. 

// Example sending a request using GetJobTemplateRequest.
req := client.GetJobTemplateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplate

func (*Client) GetPresetRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetPresetRequest(input *GetPresetInput) GetPresetRequest

GetPresetRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve the JSON for a specific preset. 

// Example sending a request using GetPresetRequest.
req := client.GetPresetRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPreset

func (*Client) GetQueueRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) GetQueueRequest(input *GetQueueInput) GetQueueRequest

GetQueueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve the JSON for a specific queue. 

// Example sending a request using GetQueueRequest.
req := client.GetQueueRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueue

func (*Client) ListJobTemplatesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListJobTemplatesRequest(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) ListJobTemplatesRequest

ListJobTemplatesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your job templates. This will return the templates themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty templates, use the nextToken string returned with the array 

// Example sending a request using ListJobTemplatesRequest.
req := client.ListJobTemplatesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplates

func (*Client) ListJobsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) ListJobsRequest

ListJobsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your most recently created jobs. This array includes in-process, completed, and errored jobs. This will return the jobs themselves, not just a list of the jobs. To retrieve the twenty next most recent jobs, use the nextToken string returned with the array. 

// Example sending a request using ListJobsRequest.
req := client.ListJobsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobs

func (*Client) ListPresetsRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListPresetsRequest(input *ListPresetsInput) ListPresetsRequest

ListPresetsRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your presets. This will return the presets themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty presets, use the nextToken string returned with the array. 

// Example sending a request using ListPresetsRequest.
req := client.ListPresetsRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresets

func (*Client) ListQueuesRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListQueuesRequest(input *ListQueuesInput) ListQueuesRequest

ListQueuesRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your queues. This will return the queues themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty queues, use the nextToken string returned with the array. 

// Example sending a request using ListQueuesRequest.
req := client.ListQueuesRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueues

func (*Client) ListTagsForResourceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) ListTagsForResourceRequest

ListTagsForResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Retrieve the tags for a MediaConvert resource. 

// Example sending a request using ListTagsForResourceRequest.
req := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListTagsForResource

func (*Client) TagResourceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) TagResourceRequest

TagResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Add tags to a MediaConvert queue, preset, or job template. For information about tagging, see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/tagging-resources.html 

// Example sending a request using TagResourceRequest.
req := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TagResource

func (*Client) UntagResourceRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) UntagResourceRequest

UntagResourceRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Remove tags from a MediaConvert queue, preset, or job template. For information about tagging, see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/tagging-resources.html 

// Example sending a request using UntagResourceRequest.
req := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UntagResource

func (*Client) UpdateJobTemplateRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) UpdateJobTemplateRequest

UpdateJobTemplateRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Modify one of your existing job templates. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateJobTemplateRequest.
req := client.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplate

func (*Client) UpdatePresetRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdatePresetRequest(input *UpdatePresetInput) UpdatePresetRequest

UpdatePresetRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Modify one of your existing presets. 

// Example sending a request using UpdatePresetRequest.
req := client.UpdatePresetRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePreset

func (*Client) UpdateQueueRequest added in v0.9.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateQueueRequest(input *UpdateQueueInput) UpdateQueueRequest

UpdateQueueRequest returns a request value for making API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

Modify one of your existing queues. 

// Example sending a request using UpdateQueueRequest.
req := client.UpdateQueueRequest(params)
resp, err := req.Send(context.TODO())
if err == nil {
    fmt.Println(resp)
}

Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueue

type CmafClientCache added in v0.5.0 

type CmafClientCache string

When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client from saving media segments for later replay. 

const (
	CmafClientCacheDisabled CmafClientCache = "DISABLED"
	CmafClientCacheEnabled  CmafClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafClientCache

func (CmafClientCache) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafClientCache) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafClientCache) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafClientCache) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafCodecSpecification added in v0.5.0 

type CmafCodecSpecification string

Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist generation. 

const (
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
)

Enum values for CmafCodecSpecification

func (CmafCodecSpecification) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafCodecSpecification) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafCodecSpecification) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafCodecSpecification) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafEncryptionSettings added in v0.5.0 

type CmafEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" min:"32" type:"string"`

	// Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting
	// your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample (SAMPLE-AES) or AES_CTR (AES-CTR).
	EncryptionMethod CmafEncryptionType `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the
	// 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests.
	InitializationVectorInManifest CmafInitializationVectorInManifest `locationName:"initializationVectorInManifest" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption
	// with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH,
	// or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider `locationName:"staticKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider
	// that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type CmafKeyProviderType `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for CMAF encryption

func (CmafEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s CmafEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CmafEncryptionSettings) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s CmafEncryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CmafEncryptionSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CmafEncryptionType added in v0.5.0 

type CmafEncryptionType string

Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample (SAMPLE-AES) or AES_CTR (AES-CTR). 

const (
	CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes CmafEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
	CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr    CmafEncryptionType = "AES_CTR"
)

Enum values for CmafEncryptionType

func (CmafEncryptionType) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafEncryptionType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafEncryptionType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafEncryptionType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafGroupSettings added in v0.5.0 

type CmafGroupSettings struct {

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest file at the top level
	// BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL
	// than the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"`

	// When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client
	// from saving media segments for later replay.
	ClientCache CmafClientCache `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification CmafCodecSpecification `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify
	// the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input
	// file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the
	// first input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *CmafEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible
	// with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe
	// after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When
	// Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output
	// file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other
	// output types.
	FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression CmafManifestCompression `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat CmafManifestDurationFormat `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"`

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting
	// a problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you
	// know that player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because
	// the length of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify
	// a minimum final segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater
	// than or equal to 1 and less than your segment length. When you specify a
	// value for this setting, the encoder will combine any final segment that is
	// shorter than the length that you specify with the previous segment. For example,
	// your segment length is 3 seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without
	// a minimum final segment length; when you set the minimum final segment length
	// to 1, your final segment is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength *float64 `locationName:"minFinalSegmentLength" type:"double"`

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES,
	// separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl CmafSegmentControl `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use this setting to specify the length, in seconds, of each individual CMAF
	// segment. This value applies to the whole package; that is, to every output
	// in the output group. Note that segments end on the first keyframe after this
	// number of seconds, so the actual segment length might be slightly longer.
	// If you set Segment control (CmafSegmentControl) to single file, the service
	// puts the content of each output in a single file that has metadata that marks
	// these segments. If you set it to segmented files, the service creates multiple
	// files for each output, each with the content of one segment.
	SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
	// of variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution CmafStreamInfResolution `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteDashManifest CmafWriteDASHManifest `locationName:"writeDashManifest" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteHlsManifest CmafWriteHLSManifest `locationName:"writeHlsManifest" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS. Each output in a CMAF Output Group may only contain a single video, audio, or caption output.

func (CmafGroupSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s CmafGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CmafGroupSettings) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s CmafGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CmafGroupSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest added in v0.5.0 

type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest string

When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests. 

const (
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE"
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

func (CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafKeyProviderType added in v0.5.0 

type CmafKeyProviderType string

Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html. 

const (
	CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke     CmafKeyProviderType = "SPEKE"
	CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey CmafKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Enum values for CmafKeyProviderType

func (CmafKeyProviderType) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafKeyProviderType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafKeyProviderType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafKeyProviderType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafManifestCompression added in v0.5.0 

type CmafManifestCompression string

When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. 

const (
	CmafManifestCompressionGzip CmafManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	CmafManifestCompressionNone CmafManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmafManifestCompression

func (CmafManifestCompression) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafManifestCompression) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafManifestCompression) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafManifestCompression) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafManifestDurationFormat added in v0.5.0 

type CmafManifestDurationFormat string

Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for segment duration. 

const (
	CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint CmafManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger       CmafManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for CmafManifestDurationFormat

func (CmafManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafSegmentControl added in v0.5.0 

type CmafSegmentControl string

When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created. 

const (
	CmafSegmentControlSingleFile     CmafSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles CmafSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for CmafSegmentControl

func (CmafSegmentControl) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafSegmentControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafStreamInfResolution added in v0.5.0 

type CmafStreamInfResolution string

Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of variant manifest. 

const (
	CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
	CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmafStreamInfResolution

func (CmafStreamInfResolution) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafStreamInfResolution) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafStreamInfResolution) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafStreamInfResolution) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafWriteDASHManifest added in v0.5.0 

type CmafWriteDASHManifest string

When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output. 

const (
	CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled CmafWriteDASHManifest = "DISABLED"
	CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled  CmafWriteDASHManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteDASHManifest

func (CmafWriteDASHManifest) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafWriteDASHManifest) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafWriteDASHManifest) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafWriteDASHManifest) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CmafWriteHLSManifest added in v0.5.0 

type CmafWriteHLSManifest string

When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output. 

const (
	CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled CmafWriteHLSManifest = "DISABLED"
	CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled  CmafWriteHLSManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteHLSManifest

func (CmafWriteHLSManifest) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafWriteHLSManifest) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (CmafWriteHLSManifest) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum CmafWriteHLSManifest) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ColorCorrector 

type ColorCorrector struct {

	// Brightness level.
	Brightness *int64 `locationName:"brightness" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports conversion
	// between HDR formats, between SDR formats, and from SDR to HDR. The service
	// doesn't support conversion from HDR to SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't
	// upgrade the dynamic range. The converted video has an HDR format, but visually
	// appears the same as an unconverted output.
	ColorSpaceConversion ColorSpaceConversion `locationName:"colorSpaceConversion" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Contrast level.
	Contrast *int64 `locationName:"contrast" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the
	// SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want
	// signaled in the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are
	// encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video
	// player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content
	// creator. When you set Color space conversion (ColorSpaceConversion) to HDR
	// 10 (FORCE_HDR10), these settings are required. You must set values for Max
	// frame average light level (maxFrameAverageLightLevel) and Max content light
	// level (maxContentLightLevel); these settings don't have a default value.
	// The default values for the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by
	// the P3D65 color space. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"`

	// Hue in degrees.
	Hue *int64 `locationName:"hue" type:"integer"`

	// Saturation level.
	Saturation *int64 `locationName:"saturation" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for color correction.

func (ColorCorrector) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ColorCorrector) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ColorCorrector) String 

func (s ColorCorrector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ColorCorrector) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ColorCorrector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ColorMetadata 

type ColorMetadata string

Choose Insert (INSERT) for this setting to include color metadata in this output. Choose Ignore (IGNORE) to exclude color metadata from this output. If you don't specify a value, the service sets this to Insert by default. 

const (
	ColorMetadataIgnore ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"
	ColorMetadataInsert ColorMetadata = "INSERT"
)

Enum values for ColorMetadata

func (ColorMetadata) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ColorMetadata) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ColorMetadata) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ColorMetadata) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ColorSpace 

type ColorSpace string

If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know about color space, leave this set to the default value Follow (FOLLOW). The service will automatically detect your input color space. If your input video has metadata indicating the wrong color space, specify the accurate color space here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream, or if that metadata is present but not accurate, choose Force HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10) here and specify correct values in the input HDR 10 metadata (Hdr10Metadata) settings. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr. 

const (
	ColorSpaceFollow  ColorSpace = "FOLLOW"
	ColorSpaceRec601  ColorSpace = "REC_601"
	ColorSpaceRec709  ColorSpace = "REC_709"
	ColorSpaceHdr10   ColorSpace = "HDR10"
	ColorSpaceHlg2020 ColorSpace = "HLG_2020"
)

Enum values for ColorSpace

func (ColorSpace) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ColorSpace) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ColorSpace) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ColorSpace) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ColorSpaceConversion 

type ColorSpaceConversion string

Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports conversion between HDR formats, between SDR formats, and from SDR to HDR. The service doesn't support conversion from HDR to SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't upgrade the dynamic range. The converted video has an HDR format, but visually appears the same as an unconverted output. 

const (
	ColorSpaceConversionNone         ColorSpaceConversion = "NONE"
	ColorSpaceConversionForce601     ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_601"
	ColorSpaceConversionForce709     ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_709"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10   ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HDR10"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HLG_2020"
)

Enum values for ColorSpaceConversion

func (ColorSpaceConversion) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ColorSpaceConversion) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ColorSpaceConversion) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ColorSpaceConversion) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ColorSpaceUsage 

type ColorSpaceUsage string

There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input settings Color space (ColorSpace) and HDR master display information settings(Hdr10Metadata). The Color space usage setting determines which takes precedence. Choose Force (FORCE) to use color metadata from the input job settings. If you don't specify values for those settings, the service defaults to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK - Choose Fallback (FALLBACK) to use color metadata from the source when it is present. If there's no color metadata in your input file, the service defaults to using values you specify in the input settings. 

const (
	ColorSpaceUsageForce    ColorSpaceUsage = "FORCE"
	ColorSpaceUsageFallback ColorSpaceUsage = "FALLBACK"
)

Enum values for ColorSpaceUsage

func (ColorSpaceUsage) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ColorSpaceUsage) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ColorSpaceUsage) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ColorSpaceUsage) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Commitment added in v0.5.0 

type Commitment string

The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment. 

const (
	CommitmentOneYear Commitment = "ONE_YEAR"
)

Enum values for Commitment

func (Commitment) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum Commitment) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Commitment) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum Commitment) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ContainerSettings 

type ContainerSettings struct {

	// Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object.
	// If not specified, the default object will be created.
	Container ContainerType `locationName:"container" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Settings for F4v container
	F4vSettings *F4vSettings `locationName:"f4vSettings" type:"structure"`

	// MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group
	// when the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS).
	// In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport
	// stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata.
	// Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier
	// (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output.
	// The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream
	// systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each
	// type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within
	// the asset.
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for TS segments in HLS
	M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for MOV Container.
	MovSettings *MovSettings `locationName:"movSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for MP4 container. You can create audio-only AAC outputs with this
	// container.
	Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings `locationName:"mp4Settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container specific settings.

func (ContainerSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ContainerSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ContainerSettings) String 

func (s ContainerSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ContainerSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ContainerSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ContainerType 

type ContainerType string

Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. If not specified, the default object will be created. 

const (
	ContainerTypeF4v  ContainerType = "F4V"
	ContainerTypeIsmv ContainerType = "ISMV"
	ContainerTypeM2ts ContainerType = "M2TS"
	ContainerTypeM3u8 ContainerType = "M3U8"
	ContainerTypeCmfc ContainerType = "CMFC"
	ContainerTypeMov  ContainerType = "MOV"
	ContainerTypeMp4  ContainerType = "MP4"
	ContainerTypeMpd  ContainerType = "MPD"
	ContainerTypeMxf  ContainerType = "MXF"
	ContainerTypeRaw  ContainerType = "RAW"
)

Enum values for ContainerType

func (ContainerType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ContainerType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ContainerType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ContainerType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type CreateJobInput 

type CreateJobInput struct {

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For
	// information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// User Guide.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Optional. Choose a tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use
	// to sort your AWS Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that
	// you set up. Any transcoding outputs that don't have an associated tag will
	// appear in your billing report unsorted. If you don't choose a valid value
	// for this field, your job outputs will appear on the billing report unsorted.
	BillingTagsSource BillingTagsSource `locationName:"billingTagsSource" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Idempotency token for CreateJob operation.
	ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

	// When you create a job, you can either specify a job template or specify the
	// transcoding settings individually
	JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"`

	// Specify the relative priority for this job. In any given queue, the service
	// begins processing the job with the highest value first. When more than one
	// job has the same priority, the service begins processing the job that you
	// submitted first. If you don't specify a priority, the service uses the default
	// value 0.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If
	// you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues,
	// see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// Required. The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions,
	// see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved
	// transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs
	// your job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will
	// see with one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
	SimulateReservedQueue SimulateReservedQueue `locationName:"simulateReservedQueue" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job.
	// You specify metadata in key/value pairs.
	UserMetadata map[string]string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Send your create job request with your job settings and IAM role. Optionally, include user metadata and the ARN for the queue.

func (CreateJobInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CreateJobInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CreateJobInput) String 

func (s CreateJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateJobOutput 

type CreateJobOutput struct {

	// Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information,
	// see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful create job requests will return the job JSON.

func (CreateJobOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CreateJobOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CreateJobOutput) String 

func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateJobRequest 

type CreateJobRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateJobInput
	Copy  func(*CreateJobInput) CreateJobRequest
}

CreateJobRequest is the request type for the CreateJob API operation.

func (CreateJobRequest) Send 

func (r CreateJobRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateJobResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateJob API request.

type CreateJobResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateJobResponse struct {
	*CreateJobOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateJobResponse is the response type for the CreateJob API operation.

func (*CreateJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateJob request.

type CreateJobTemplateInput 

type CreateJobTemplateInput struct {

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For
	// information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// User Guide.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Optional. A category for the job template you are creating
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// Optional. A description of the job template you are creating.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the job template you are creating.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specify the relative priority for this job. In any given queue, the service
	// begins processing the job with the highest value first. When more than one
	// job has the same priority, the service begins processing the job that you
	// submitted first. If you don't specify a priority, the service uses the default
	// value 0.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to.
	// If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
	// a key-value pair or with only a key.
	Tags map[string]string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Send your create job template request with the name of the template and the JSON for the template. The template JSON should include everything in a valid job, except for input location and filename, IAM role, and user metadata.

func (CreateJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CreateJobTemplateInput) String 

func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateJobTemplateOutput 

type CreateJobTemplateOutput struct {

	// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use
	// to quickly create a job.
	JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful create job template requests will return the template JSON.

func (CreateJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CreateJobTemplateOutput) String 

func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateJobTemplateRequest 

type CreateJobTemplateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateJobTemplateInput
	Copy  func(*CreateJobTemplateInput) CreateJobTemplateRequest
}

CreateJobTemplateRequest is the request type for the CreateJobTemplate API operation.

func (CreateJobTemplateRequest) Send 

func (r CreateJobTemplateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateJobTemplateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateJobTemplate API request.

type CreateJobTemplateResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateJobTemplateResponse struct {
	*CreateJobTemplateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateJobTemplateResponse is the response type for the CreateJobTemplate API operation.

func (*CreateJobTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateJobTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateJobTemplate request.

type CreatePresetInput 

type CreatePresetInput struct {

	// Optional. A category for the preset you are creating.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// Optional. A description of the preset you are creating.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the preset you are creating.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings for preset
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
	// a key-value pair or with only a key.
	Tags map[string]string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Send your create preset request with the name of the preset and the JSON for the output settings specified by the preset.

func (CreatePresetInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CreatePresetInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CreatePresetInput) String 

func (s CreatePresetInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreatePresetInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CreatePresetInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreatePresetOutput 

type CreatePresetOutput struct {

	// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that
	// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
	Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful create preset requests will return the preset JSON.

func (CreatePresetOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CreatePresetOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CreatePresetOutput) String 

func (s CreatePresetOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreatePresetRequest 

type CreatePresetRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreatePresetInput
	Copy  func(*CreatePresetInput) CreatePresetRequest
}

CreatePresetRequest is the request type for the CreatePreset API operation.

func (CreatePresetRequest) Send 

func (r CreatePresetRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreatePresetResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreatePreset API request.

type CreatePresetResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreatePresetResponse struct {
	*CreatePresetOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreatePresetResponse is the response type for the CreatePreset API operation.

func (*CreatePresetResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreatePresetResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreatePreset request.

type CreateQueueInput 

type CreateQueueInput struct {

	// Optional. A description of the queue that you are creating.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the queue that you are creating.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved.
	// For on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For
	// reserved, you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless
	// of how much or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month
	// commitment. When you use the API to create a queue, the default is on-demand.
	PricingPlan PricingPlan `locationName:"pricingPlan" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
	// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
	ReservationPlanSettings *ReservationPlanSettings `locationName:"reservationPlanSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Initial state of the queue. If you create a paused queue, then jobs in that
	// queue won't begin.
	Status QueueStatus `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
	// a key-value pair or with only a key.
	Tags map[string]string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Create an on-demand queue by sending a CreateQueue request with the name of the queue. Create a reserved queue by sending a CreateQueue request with the pricing plan set to RESERVED and with values specified for the settings under reservationPlanSettings. When you create a reserved queue, you enter into a 12-month commitment to purchase the RTS that you specify. You can't cancel this commitment.

func (CreateQueueInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CreateQueueInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CreateQueueInput) String 

func (s CreateQueueInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateQueueInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *CreateQueueInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateQueueOutput 

type CreateQueueOutput struct {

	// You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS
	// account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't
	// specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For
	// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
	Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful create queue requests return the name of the queue that you just created and information about it.

func (CreateQueueOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s CreateQueueOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (CreateQueueOutput) String 

func (s CreateQueueOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateQueueRequest 

type CreateQueueRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *CreateQueueInput
	Copy  func(*CreateQueueInput) CreateQueueRequest
}

CreateQueueRequest is the request type for the CreateQueue API operation.

func (CreateQueueRequest) Send 

func (r CreateQueueRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*CreateQueueResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the CreateQueue API request.

type CreateQueueResponse added in v0.9.0 

type CreateQueueResponse struct {
	*CreateQueueOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CreateQueueResponse is the response type for the CreateQueue API operation.

func (*CreateQueueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *CreateQueueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the CreateQueue request.

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings 

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players
	// on obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption.
	// Choose Unencrypted SEI (UNENCRYPTED_SEI) only to correct problems with playback
	// on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1 (CENC_V1).
	// If you choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude
	// the access unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
	PlaybackDeviceCompatibility DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility `locationName:"playbackDeviceCompatibility" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs.

func (DashIsoEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String 

func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DashIsoGroupSettings 

type DashIsoGroupSettings struct {

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the
	// top level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different
	// URL than the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"`

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify
	// the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input
	// file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the
	// first input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible
	// with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe
	// after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When
	// Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output
	// file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other
	// output types.
	FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Supports HbbTV specification as indicated
	HbbtvCompliance DashIsoHbbtvCompliance `locationName:"hbbtvCompliance" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"`

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES,
	// separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl DashIsoSegmentControl `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Length of mpd segments to create (in seconds). Note that segments will end
	// on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual segment length
	// may be longer. When Emit Single File is checked, the segmentation is internal
	// to a single output file and it does not cause the creation of many output
	// files as in other output types.
	SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you enable Precise segment duration in manifests (writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation),
	// your DASH manifest shows precise segment durations. The segment duration
	// information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate
	// at the Representation level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment
	// durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The segment duration information
	// appears in the duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation `locationName:"writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.

func (DashIsoGroupSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DashIsoGroupSettings) String 

func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance 

type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance string

Supports HbbTV specification as indicated 

const (
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "HBBTV_1_5"
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone    DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "NONE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility added in v0.9.0 

type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility string

This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players on obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption. Choose Unencrypted SEI (UNENCRYPTED_SEI) only to correct problems with playback on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1 (CENC_V1). If you choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude the access unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted. 

const (
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1         DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "CENC_V1"
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "UNENCRYPTED_SEI"
)

Enum values for DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

func (DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) MarshalValue added in v0.9.0 

func (enum DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.9.0 

func (enum DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DashIsoSegmentControl 

type DashIsoSegmentControl string

When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created. 

const (
	DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile     DashIsoSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles DashIsoSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for DashIsoSegmentControl

func (DashIsoSegmentControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DashIsoSegmentControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DashIsoSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DashIsoSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation added in v0.5.0 

type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string

When you enable Precise segment duration in manifests (writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation), your DASH manifest shows precise segment durations. The segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The segment duration information appears in the duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element. 

const (
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled  DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED"
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

func (DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DecryptionMode added in v0.6.0 

type DecryptionMode string

Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files. 

const (
	DecryptionModeAesCtr DecryptionMode = "AES_CTR"
	DecryptionModeAesCbc DecryptionMode = "AES_CBC"
	DecryptionModeAesGcm DecryptionMode = "AES_GCM"
)

Enum values for DecryptionMode

func (DecryptionMode) MarshalValue added in v0.6.0 

func (enum DecryptionMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DecryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.6.0 

func (enum DecryptionMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DeinterlaceAlgorithm 

type DeinterlaceAlgorithm string

Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE) or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling headline at the bottom of the frame. 

const (
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate       DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend             DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker       DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND_TICKER"
)

Enum values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm

func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DeinterlaceAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DeinterlaceAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Deinterlacer 

type Deinterlacer struct {

	// Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE)
	// or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces
	// sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER)
	// OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling
	// headline at the bottom of the frame.
	Algorithm DeinterlaceAlgorithm `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames
	// that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that
	// are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer
	// converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged
	// as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the
	// metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive.
	// Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive
	// into progressive will probably result in lower quality video.
	Control DeinterlacerControl `locationName:"control" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing.
	// Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive.
	// - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p.
	// - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.
	Mode DeinterlacerMode `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for deinterlacer

func (Deinterlacer) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Deinterlacer) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Deinterlacer) String 

func (s Deinterlacer) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeinterlacerControl 

type DeinterlacerControl string

- When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive into progressive will probably result in lower quality video. 

const (
	DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames DeinterlacerControl = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES"
	DeinterlacerControlNormal         DeinterlacerControl = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for DeinterlacerControl

func (DeinterlacerControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DeinterlacerControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DeinterlacerControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DeinterlacerControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DeinterlacerMode 

type DeinterlacerMode string

Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive. 

const (
	DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace     DeinterlacerMode = "DEINTERLACE"
	DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine DeinterlacerMode = "INVERSE_TELECINE"
	DeinterlacerModeAdaptive        DeinterlacerMode = "ADAPTIVE"
)

Enum values for DeinterlacerMode

func (DeinterlacerMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DeinterlacerMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DeinterlacerMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DeinterlacerMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DeleteJobTemplateInput 

type DeleteJobTemplateInput struct {

	// The name of the job template to be deleted.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete a job template by sending a request with the job template name

func (DeleteJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DeleteJobTemplateInput) String 

func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteJobTemplateOutput 

type DeleteJobTemplateOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete job template requests will return an OK message or error message with an empty body.

func (DeleteJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String 

func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteJobTemplateRequest 

type DeleteJobTemplateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteJobTemplateInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteJobTemplateInput) DeleteJobTemplateRequest
}

DeleteJobTemplateRequest is the request type for the DeleteJobTemplate API operation.

func (DeleteJobTemplateRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteJobTemplateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteJobTemplateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteJobTemplate API request.

type DeleteJobTemplateResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteJobTemplateResponse struct {
	*DeleteJobTemplateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteJobTemplateResponse is the response type for the DeleteJobTemplate API operation.

func (*DeleteJobTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteJobTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteJobTemplate request.

type DeletePresetInput 

type DeletePresetInput struct {

	// The name of the preset to be deleted.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete a preset by sending a request with the preset name

func (DeletePresetInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DeletePresetInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DeletePresetInput) String 

func (s DeletePresetInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeletePresetInput) Validate 

func (s *DeletePresetInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeletePresetOutput 

type DeletePresetOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete preset requests will return an OK message or error message with an empty body.

func (DeletePresetOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DeletePresetOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DeletePresetOutput) String 

func (s DeletePresetOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeletePresetRequest 

type DeletePresetRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeletePresetInput
	Copy  func(*DeletePresetInput) DeletePresetRequest
}

DeletePresetRequest is the request type for the DeletePreset API operation.

func (DeletePresetRequest) Send 

func (r DeletePresetRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeletePresetResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeletePreset API request.

type DeletePresetResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeletePresetResponse struct {
	*DeletePresetOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeletePresetResponse is the response type for the DeletePreset API operation.

func (*DeletePresetResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeletePresetResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeletePreset request.

type DeleteQueueInput 

type DeleteQueueInput struct {

	// The name of the queue that you want to delete.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete a queue by sending a request with the queue name. You can't delete a queue with an active pricing plan or one that has unprocessed jobs in it.

func (DeleteQueueInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DeleteQueueInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DeleteQueueInput) String 

func (s DeleteQueueInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteQueueInput) Validate 

func (s *DeleteQueueInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteQueueOutput 

type DeleteQueueOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete queue requests return an OK message or error message with an empty body.

func (DeleteQueueOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DeleteQueueOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DeleteQueueOutput) String 

func (s DeleteQueueOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteQueueRequest 

type DeleteQueueRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DeleteQueueInput
	Copy  func(*DeleteQueueInput) DeleteQueueRequest
}

DeleteQueueRequest is the request type for the DeleteQueue API operation.

func (DeleteQueueRequest) Send 

func (r DeleteQueueRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DeleteQueueResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DeleteQueue API request.

type DeleteQueueResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DeleteQueueResponse struct {
	*DeleteQueueOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DeleteQueueResponse is the response type for the DeleteQueue API operation.

func (*DeleteQueueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DeleteQueueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DeleteQueue request.

type DescribeEndpointsInput 

type DescribeEndpointsInput struct {

	// Optional. Max number of endpoints, up to twenty, that will be returned at
	// one time.
	MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

	// Optional field, defaults to DEFAULT. Specify DEFAULT for this operation to
	// return your endpoints if any exist, or to create an endpoint for you and
	// return it if one doesn't already exist. Specify GET_ONLY to return your endpoints
	// if any exist, or an empty list if none exist.
	Mode DescribeEndpointsMode `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of endpoints.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your account API endpoint.

func (DescribeEndpointsInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DescribeEndpointsInput) String 

func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEndpointsMode added in v0.5.0 

type DescribeEndpointsMode string

Optional field, defaults to DEFAULT. Specify DEFAULT for this operation to return your endpoints if any exist, or to create an endpoint for you and return it if one doesn't already exist. Specify GET_ONLY to return your endpoints if any exist, or an empty list if none exist. 

const (
	DescribeEndpointsModeDefault DescribeEndpointsMode = "DEFAULT"
	DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly DescribeEndpointsMode = "GET_ONLY"
)

Enum values for DescribeEndpointsMode

func (DescribeEndpointsMode) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum DescribeEndpointsMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DescribeEndpointsMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum DescribeEndpointsMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DescribeEndpointsOutput 

type DescribeEndpointsOutput struct {

	// List of endpoints
	Endpoints []Endpoint `locationName:"endpoints" type:"list"`

	// Use this string to request the next batch of endpoints.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful describe endpoints requests will return your account API endpoint.

func (DescribeEndpointsOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DescribeEndpointsOutput) String 

func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEndpointsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEndpointsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

DescribeEndpointsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewDescribeEndpointsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewDescribeEndpointsPaginator(req DescribeEndpointsRequest) DescribeEndpointsPaginator

NewDescribeEndpointsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for DescribeEndpoints. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input)
p := mediaconvert.NewDescribeEndpointsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*DescribeEndpointsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *DescribeEndpointsPaginator) CurrentPage() *DescribeEndpointsOutput

type DescribeEndpointsRequest 

type DescribeEndpointsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DescribeEndpointsInput
	Copy  func(*DescribeEndpointsInput) DescribeEndpointsRequest
}

DescribeEndpointsRequest is the request type for the DescribeEndpoints API operation.

func (DescribeEndpointsRequest) Send 

func (r DescribeEndpointsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DescribeEndpointsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DescribeEndpoints API request.

type DescribeEndpointsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DescribeEndpointsResponse struct {
	*DescribeEndpointsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DescribeEndpointsResponse is the response type for the DescribeEndpoints API operation.

func (*DescribeEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DescribeEndpointsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DescribeEndpoints request.

type DestinationSettings added in v0.8.0 

type DestinationSettings struct {

	// Settings associated with S3 destination
	S3Settings *S3DestinationSettings `locationName:"s3Settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of destination

func (DestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s DestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DestinationSettings) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s DestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DisassociateCertificateInput added in v0.6.0 

type DisassociateCertificateInput struct {

	// The ARN of the ACM certificate that you want to disassociate from your MediaConvert
	// resource.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Removes an association between the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate and an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.

func (DisassociateCertificateInput) MarshalFields added in v0.6.0 

func (s DisassociateCertificateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DisassociateCertificateInput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DisassociateCertificateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DisassociateCertificateInput) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *DisassociateCertificateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DisassociateCertificateOutput added in v0.6.0 

type DisassociateCertificateOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful disassociation of Certificate Manager Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with Mediaconvert returns an OK message.

func (DisassociateCertificateOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.6.0 

func (s DisassociateCertificateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DisassociateCertificateOutput) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s DisassociateCertificateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DisassociateCertificateRequest added in v0.6.0 

type DisassociateCertificateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *DisassociateCertificateInput
	Copy  func(*DisassociateCertificateInput) DisassociateCertificateRequest
}

DisassociateCertificateRequest is the request type for the DisassociateCertificate API operation.

func (DisassociateCertificateRequest) Send added in v0.6.0 

func (r DisassociateCertificateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*DisassociateCertificateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the DisassociateCertificate API request.

type DisassociateCertificateResponse added in v0.9.0 

type DisassociateCertificateResponse struct {
	*DisassociateCertificateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DisassociateCertificateResponse is the response type for the DisassociateCertificate API operation.

func (*DisassociateCertificateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *DisassociateCertificateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the DisassociateCertificate request.

type DropFrameTimecode 

type DropFrameTimecode string

Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled. 

const (
	DropFrameTimecodeDisabled DropFrameTimecode = "DISABLED"
	DropFrameTimecodeEnabled  DropFrameTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for DropFrameTimecode

func (DropFrameTimecode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DropFrameTimecode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DropFrameTimecode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DropFrameTimecode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DvbNitSettings 

type DvbNitSettings struct {

	// The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
	NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer"`

	// The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network
	// Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	NitInterval *int64 `locationName:"nitInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.

func (DvbNitSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DvbNitSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DvbNitSettings) String 

func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbNitSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSdtSettings 

type DvbSdtSettings struct {

	// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream
	// if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on
	// the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT
	// information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.
	OutputSdt OutputSdt `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	SdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"sdtInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`

	// The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description
	// Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service
	// Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.

func (DvbSdtSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DvbSdtSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DvbSdtSettings) String 

func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSdtSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSubDestinationSettings 

type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {

	// If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to
	// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly,
	// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output.
	// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
	// the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
	// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
	// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Alignment DvbSubtitleAlignment `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundColor DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	// Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
	// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	FontColor DvbSubtitleFontColor `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`

	// Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode
	// is not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or
	// CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. This is
	// used to help determine the appropriate font for rendering DVB-Sub captions.
	FontScript FontScript `locationName:"fontScript" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for
	// automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
	// match.
	FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
	// that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
	// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	OutlineColor DvbSubtitleOutlineColor `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
	// captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
	// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
	// settings must match.
	OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub
	// font settings must match.
	ShadowColor DvbSubtitleShadowColor `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
	// this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify
	// whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions
	// grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
	// the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional
	// to make the text easier to read if the captions are closed caption.
	TeletextSpacing DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
	// of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
	// 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
	// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
	// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
	// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided,
	// the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option
	// is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
	// These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All
	// burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB-Sub Destination Settings

func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) String 

func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSubSourceSettings 

type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {

	// When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source
	// content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through,
	// regardless of selectors.
	Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Sub Source Settings

func (DvbSubSourceSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DvbSubSourceSettings) String 

func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSubtitleAlignment 

type DvbSubtitleAlignment string

If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered DvbSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED"
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft     DvbSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleAlignment

func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleAlignment) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor 

type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor string

Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone  DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DvbSubtitleFontColor 

type DvbSubtitleFontColor string

Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow DvbSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorRed    DvbSubtitleFontColor = "RED"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue   DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleFontColor

func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleFontColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor 

type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor string

Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed    DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue   DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DvbSubtitleShadowColor 

type DvbSubtitleShadowColor string

Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 

const (
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone  DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor

func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleShadowColor) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing 

type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing string

Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the text easier to read if the captions are closed caption. 

const (
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid    DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID"
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type DvbTdtSettings 

type DvbTdtSettings struct {

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	TdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"tdtInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.

func (DvbTdtSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s DvbTdtSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (DvbTdtSettings) String 

func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbTdtSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode string

Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E). 

const (
	Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

func (Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode string

The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos) is always 9.1.6 (CODING_MODE_9_1_6). 

const (
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916 Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_9_1_6"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosCodingMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosCodingMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence string

Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue analysis. 

const (
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled  Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "ENABLED"
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

func (Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine string

Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression. 

const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf string

Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the audio. 

const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode string

Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio. 

const (
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA       Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "LEQ_A"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_1"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_2"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_3"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

func (Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3AtmosSettings added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosSettings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.Valid values: 384k, 448k,
	// 640k, 768k
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"384000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
	// For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
	// E).
	BitstreamMode Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos) is always 9.1.6 (CODING_MODE_9_1_6).
	CodingMode Eac3AtmosCodingMode `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue analysis.
	DialogueIntelligence Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence `locationName:"dialogueIntelligence" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the
	// audio.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
	// center mix(Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How
	// the service uses thisvalue depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
	// downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix).Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0,
	// -4.5, and -6.0.
	LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
	// (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service
	// uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix).
	// Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel.
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How
	// the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
	// downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0,
	// -4.5, and -6.0.
	LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for
	// Stereo downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5,
	// -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel.
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio.
	MeteringMode Eac3AtmosMeteringMode `locationName:"meteringMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the percentage of audio content that must be speech before the encoder
	// uses the measured speech loudness as the overall program loudness.
	SpeechThreshold *int64 `locationName:"speechThreshold" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing.
	StereoDownmix Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel
	// matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3_ATMOS.

func (Eac3AtmosSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.11.0 

func (s Eac3AtmosSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Eac3AtmosSettings) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s Eac3AtmosSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) Validate added in v0.11.0 

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix string

Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. 

const (
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo       Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "STEREO"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround     Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "SURROUND"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "DPL2"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

func (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode added in v0.11.0 

type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode string

Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels. 

const (
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode

func (Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3AttenuationControl 

type Eac3AttenuationControl string

If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 

const (
	Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db Eac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"
	Eac3AttenuationControlNone         Eac3AttenuationControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AttenuationControl

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3AttenuationControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3AttenuationControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3BitstreamMode 

type Eac3BitstreamMode string

Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E). 

const (
	Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Eac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Eac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
)

Enum values for Eac3BitstreamMode

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3BitstreamMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3CodingMode 

type Eac3CodingMode string

Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. 

const (
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2"
)

Enum values for Eac3CodingMode

func (Eac3CodingMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3CodingMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3CodingMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3CodingMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3DcFilter 

type Eac3DcFilter string

Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. 

const (
	Eac3DcFilterEnabled  Eac3DcFilter = "ENABLED"
	Eac3DcFilterDisabled Eac3DcFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3DcFilter

func (Eac3DcFilter) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3DcFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3DcFilter) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3DcFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine 

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine string

Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression. 

const (
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf 

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf string

Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the audio. 

const (
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3LfeControl 

type Eac3LfeControl string

When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled 

const (
	Eac3LfeControlLfe   Eac3LfeControl = "LFE"
	Eac3LfeControlNoLfe Eac3LfeControl = "NO_LFE"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeControl

func (Eac3LfeControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3LfeControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3LfeControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3LfeControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3LfeFilter 

type Eac3LfeFilter string

Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. 

const (
	Eac3LfeFilterEnabled  Eac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
	Eac3LfeFilterDisabled Eac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeFilter

func (Eac3LfeFilter) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3LfeFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3LfeFilter) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3LfeFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3MetadataControl 

type Eac3MetadataControl string

When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 

const (
	Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Eac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Eac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Eac3MetadataControl

func (Eac3MetadataControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3MetadataControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3MetadataControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3MetadataControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3PassthroughControl 

type Eac3PassthroughControl string

When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. 

const (
	Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible  Eac3PassthroughControl = "WHEN_POSSIBLE"
	Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough Eac3PassthroughControl = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for Eac3PassthroughControl

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3PassthroughControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3PassthroughControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3PhaseControl 

type Eac3PhaseControl string

Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 

const (
	Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees Eac3PhaseControl = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES"
	Eac3PhaseControlNoShift        Eac3PhaseControl = "NO_SHIFT"
)

Enum values for Eac3PhaseControl

func (Eac3PhaseControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3PhaseControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3PhaseControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3PhaseControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3Settings 

type Eac3Settings struct {

	// If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
	// Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	AttenuationControl Eac3AttenuationControl `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on
	// the coding mode.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"64000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
	// For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
	// E).
	BitstreamMode Eac3BitstreamMode `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Eac3CodingMode `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
	DcFilter Eac3DcFilter `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
	// Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the
	// audio.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled
	LfeControl Eac3LfeControl `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only
	// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter Eac3LfeFilter `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for
	// Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0,
	// -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies
	// only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2)
	// for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value
	// for Coding mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center (loRoCenterMixLevel).
	LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the
	// service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value
	// -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default
	// value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode
	// (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service
	// ignores Left only/Right only surround (loRoSurroundMixLevel).
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for
	// Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0,
	// -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies
	// only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2)
	// for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value
	// for Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center (ltRtCenterMixLevel).
	LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for
	// Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0,
	// and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you
	// keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the
	// setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for
	// Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround (ltRtSurroundMixLevel).
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
	// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
	// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Eac3MetadataControl `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
	// present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
	// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent
	// DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
	PassthroughControl Eac3PassthroughControl `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only
	// used for 3/2 coding mode.
	PhaseControl Eac3PhaseControl `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies
	// if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2)
	// for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value
	// for Coding mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix).
	StereoDownmix Eac3StereoDownmix `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel
	// is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3SurroundExMode `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into
	// the two channels.
	SurroundMode Eac3SurroundMode `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3.

func (Eac3Settings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Eac3Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Eac3Settings) String 

func (s Eac3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Eac3Settings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Eac3StereoDownmix 

type Eac3StereoDownmix string

Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). 

const (
	Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3StereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LO_RO"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LT_RT"
	Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3StereoDownmix = "DPL2"
)

Enum values for Eac3StereoDownmix

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3StereoDownmix) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3StereoDownmix) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3SurroundExMode 

type Eac3SurroundExMode string

When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. 

const (
	Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundExMode

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3SurroundExMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3SurroundExMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Eac3SurroundMode 

type Eac3SurroundMode string

When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the two channels. 

const (
	Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3SurroundModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundMode

func (Eac3SurroundMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3SurroundMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Eac3SurroundMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Eac3SurroundMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 string

Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708. 

const (
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled  EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedConvert608To708

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum EmbeddedConvert608To708) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum EmbeddedConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings added in v0.8.0 

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and your output
	// captions are embedded in the video stream. Specify a CC number for each captions
	// channel in this output. If you have two channels, choose CC numbers that
	// aren't in the same field. For example, choose 1 and 3. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"destination608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want
	// both 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify
	// the 708 service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different
	// number for each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert
	// (Convert608To708) to Upconvert (UPCONVERT) in your input captions selector
	// settings. If you choose to upconvert but don't specify a 708 service number,
	// MediaConvert uses the number that you specify for CC channel number (destination608ChannelNumber)
	// for the 708 service number. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination708ServiceNumber *int64 `locationName:"destination708ServiceNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to embedded/ancillary caption outputs, including 608/708 Channel destination number.

func (EmbeddedDestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EmbeddedDestinationSettings) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EmbeddedSourceSettings 

type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
	// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes
	// the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the
	// 608 data into 708.
	Convert608To708 EmbeddedConvert608To708 `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system
	// only supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'.
	Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of
	// each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable
	// this setting.
	TerminateCaptions EmbeddedTerminateCaptions `locationName:"terminateCaptions" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for embedded captions Source

func (EmbeddedSourceSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (EmbeddedSourceSettings) String 

func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions added in v0.12.0 

type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions string

By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this setting. 

const (
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT"
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled   EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedTerminateCaptions

func (EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) MarshalValue added in v0.12.0 

func (enum EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.12.0 

func (enum EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Endpoint 

type Endpoint struct {

	// URL of endpoint
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an account-specific API endpoint.

func (Endpoint) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Endpoint) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Endpoint) String 

func (s Endpoint) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification added in v0.8.0 

type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification struct {

	// Provide your ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML document inside
	// your JSON job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
	// The transcoder will use the Manifest Conditioning instructions in the message
	// that you supply.
	MccXml *string `locationName:"mccXml" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.

func (EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EsamSettings added in v0.8.0 

type EsamSettings struct {

	// Specifies an ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
	// The transcoder uses the manifest conditioning instructions that you provide
	// in the setting MCC XML (mccXml).
	ManifestConfirmConditionNotification *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification `locationName:"manifestConfirmConditionNotification" type:"structure"`

	// Specifies the stream distance, in milliseconds, between the SCTE 35 messages
	// that the transcoder places and the splice points that they refer to. If the
	// time between the start of the asset and the SCTE-35 message is less than
	// this value, then the transcoder places the SCTE-35 marker at the beginning
	// of the stream.
	ResponseSignalPreroll *int64 `locationName:"responseSignalPreroll" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies an ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.
	// The transcoder uses the signal processing instructions that you provide in
	// the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	SignalProcessingNotification *EsamSignalProcessingNotification `locationName:"signalProcessingNotification" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion, you can ignore these settings.

func (EsamSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s EsamSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (EsamSettings) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s EsamSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type EsamSignalProcessingNotification added in v0.8.0 

type EsamSignalProcessingNotification struct {

	// Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON
	// job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The
	// transcoder will use the signal processing instructions in the message that
	// you supply. Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside
	// your JSON job settings. For your MPEG2-TS file outputs, if you want the service
	// to place SCTE-35 markers at the insertion points you specify in the XML document,
	// you must also enable SCTE-35 ESAM (scte35Esam). Note that you can either
	// specify an ESAM XML document or enable SCTE-35 passthrough. You can't do
	// both.
	SccXml *string `locationName:"sccXml" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ESAM SignalProcessingNotification data defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.

func (EsamSignalProcessingNotification) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s EsamSignalProcessingNotification) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (EsamSignalProcessingNotification) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s EsamSignalProcessingNotification) String() string

String returns the string representation

type F4vMoovPlacement 

type F4vMoovPlacement string

If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed normally at the end. 

const (
	F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload F4vMoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"
	F4vMoovPlacementNormal              F4vMoovPlacement = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for F4vMoovPlacement

func (F4vMoovPlacement) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum F4vMoovPlacement) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (F4vMoovPlacement) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum F4vMoovPlacement) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type F4vSettings 

type F4vSettings struct {

	// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning
	// of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed
	// normally at the end.
	MoovPlacement F4vMoovPlacement `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for F4v container

func (F4vSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s F4vSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (F4vSettings) String 

func (s F4vSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FileGroupSettings 

type FileGroupSettings struct {

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify
	// the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input
	// file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the
	// first input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS.

func (FileGroupSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s FileGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (FileGroupSettings) String 

func (s FileGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type FileSourceConvert608To708 

type FileSourceConvert608To708 string

Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708. 

const (
	FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert FileSourceConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled  FileSourceConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for FileSourceConvert608To708

func (FileSourceConvert608To708) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum FileSourceConvert608To708) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (FileSourceConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum FileSourceConvert608To708) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type FileSourceSettings 

type FileSourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
	// 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes
	// the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the
	// 608 data into 708.
	Convert608To708 FileSourceConvert608To708 `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions
	// are 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', 'xml', and 'smi'.
	SourceFile *string `locationName:"sourceFile" min:"14" type:"string"`

	// Specifies a time delta in seconds to offset the captions from the source
	// file.
	TimeDelta *int64 `locationName:"timeDelta" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

func (FileSourceSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s FileSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (FileSourceSettings) String 

func (s FileSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FileSourceSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *FileSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type FontScript added in v0.8.0 

type FontScript string

Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode is not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. 

const (
	FontScriptAutomatic FontScript = "AUTOMATIC"
	FontScriptHans      FontScript = "HANS"
	FontScriptHant      FontScript = "HANT"
)

Enum values for FontScript

func (FontScript) MarshalValue added in v0.8.0 

func (enum FontScript) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (FontScript) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.8.0 

func (enum FontScript) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type FrameCaptureSettings 

type FrameCaptureSettings struct {

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one
	// frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example,
	// settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of
	// 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s.
	// Files will be named as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number
	// of each Capture.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one
	// frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example,
	// settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of
	// 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s.
	// Files will be named as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame
	// sequence number zero padded to 7 decimal places.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files).
	MaxCaptures *int64 `locationName:"maxCaptures" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality.
	Quality *int64 `locationName:"quality" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.

func (FrameCaptureSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s FrameCaptureSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (FrameCaptureSettings) String 

func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*FrameCaptureSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetJobInput 

type GetJobInput struct {

	// the job ID of the job.
	//
	// Id is a required field
	Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Query a job by sending a request with the job ID.

func (GetJobInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s GetJobInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (GetJobInput) String 

func (s GetJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetJobInput) Validate 

func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetJobOutput 

type GetJobOutput struct {

	// Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information,
	// see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful get job requests will return an OK message and the job JSON.

func (GetJobOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s GetJobOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (GetJobOutput) String 

func (s GetJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetJobRequest 

type GetJobRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetJobInput
	Copy  func(*GetJobInput) GetJobRequest
}

GetJobRequest is the request type for the GetJob API operation.

func (GetJobRequest) Send 

func (r GetJobRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetJobResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetJob API request.

type GetJobResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetJobResponse struct {
	*GetJobOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetJobResponse is the response type for the GetJob API operation.

func (*GetJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetJobResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetJob request.

type GetJobTemplateInput 

type GetJobTemplateInput struct {

	// The name of the job template.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Query a job template by sending a request with the job template name.

func (GetJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s GetJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (GetJobTemplateInput) String 

func (s GetJobTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetJobTemplateInput) Validate 

func (s *GetJobTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetJobTemplateOutput 

type GetJobTemplateOutput struct {

	// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use
	// to quickly create a job.
	JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful get job template requests will return an OK message and the job template JSON.

func (GetJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (GetJobTemplateOutput) String 

func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetJobTemplateRequest 

type GetJobTemplateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetJobTemplateInput
	Copy  func(*GetJobTemplateInput) GetJobTemplateRequest
}

GetJobTemplateRequest is the request type for the GetJobTemplate API operation.

func (GetJobTemplateRequest) Send 

func (r GetJobTemplateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetJobTemplateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetJobTemplate API request.

type GetJobTemplateResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetJobTemplateResponse struct {
	*GetJobTemplateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetJobTemplateResponse is the response type for the GetJobTemplate API operation.

func (*GetJobTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetJobTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetJobTemplate request.

type GetPresetInput 

type GetPresetInput struct {

	// The name of the preset.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Query a preset by sending a request with the preset name.

func (GetPresetInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s GetPresetInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (GetPresetInput) String 

func (s GetPresetInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetPresetInput) Validate 

func (s *GetPresetInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetPresetOutput 

type GetPresetOutput struct {

	// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that
	// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
	Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful get preset requests will return an OK message and the preset JSON.

func (GetPresetOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s GetPresetOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (GetPresetOutput) String 

func (s GetPresetOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetPresetRequest 

type GetPresetRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetPresetInput
	Copy  func(*GetPresetInput) GetPresetRequest
}

GetPresetRequest is the request type for the GetPreset API operation.

func (GetPresetRequest) Send 

func (r GetPresetRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetPresetResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetPreset API request.

type GetPresetResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetPresetResponse struct {
	*GetPresetOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetPresetResponse is the response type for the GetPreset API operation.

func (*GetPresetResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetPresetResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetPreset request.

type GetQueueInput 

type GetQueueInput struct {

	// The name of the queue that you want information about.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Get information about a queue by sending a request with the queue name.

func (GetQueueInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s GetQueueInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (GetQueueInput) String 

func (s GetQueueInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*GetQueueInput) Validate 

func (s *GetQueueInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type GetQueueOutput 

type GetQueueOutput struct {

	// You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS
	// account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't
	// specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For
	// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
	Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful get queue requests return an OK message and information about the queue in JSON.

func (GetQueueOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s GetQueueOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (GetQueueOutput) String 

func (s GetQueueOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type GetQueueRequest 

type GetQueueRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *GetQueueInput
	Copy  func(*GetQueueInput) GetQueueRequest
}

GetQueueRequest is the request type for the GetQueue API operation.

func (GetQueueRequest) Send 

func (r GetQueueRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*GetQueueResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the GetQueue API request.

type GetQueueResponse added in v0.9.0 

type GetQueueResponse struct {
	*GetQueueOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetQueueResponse is the response type for the GetQueue API operation.

func (*GetQueueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *GetQueueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the GetQueue request.

type H264AdaptiveQuantization 

type H264AdaptiveQuantization string

Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality. 

const (
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for H264AdaptiveQuantization

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264CodecLevel 

type H264CodecLevel string

Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings. If you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto (AUTO). 

const (
	H264CodecLevelAuto    H264CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	H264CodecLevelLevel1  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel11 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel12 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel13 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_3"
	H264CodecLevelLevel2  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel21 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel22 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel3  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3"
	H264CodecLevelLevel31 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel32 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel4  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4"
	H264CodecLevelLevel41 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel42 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel5  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5"
	H264CodecLevelLevel51 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel52 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2"
)

Enum values for H264CodecLevel

func (H264CodecLevel) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264CodecLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264CodecProfile 

type H264CodecProfile string

H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the AVC-I License. 

const (
	H264CodecProfileBaseline     H264CodecProfile = "BASELINE"
	H264CodecProfileHigh         H264CodecProfile = "HIGH"
	H264CodecProfileHigh10bit    H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_10BIT"
	H264CodecProfileHigh422      H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422"
	H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422_10BIT"
	H264CodecProfileMain         H264CodecProfile = "MAIN"
)

Enum values for H264CodecProfile

func (H264CodecProfile) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264CodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264DynamicSubGop added in v0.5.0 

type H264DynamicSubGop string

Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames). 

const (
	H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive H264DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	H264DynamicSubGopStatic   H264DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for H264DynamicSubGop

func (H264DynamicSubGop) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum H264DynamicSubGop) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264DynamicSubGop) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum H264DynamicSubGop) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264EntropyEncoding 

type H264EntropyEncoding string

Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC. 

const (
	H264EntropyEncodingCabac H264EntropyEncoding = "CABAC"
	H264EntropyEncodingCavlc H264EntropyEncoding = "CAVLC"
)

Enum values for H264EntropyEncoding

func (H264EntropyEncoding) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264EntropyEncoding) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264EntropyEncoding) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264EntropyEncoding) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264FieldEncoding 

type H264FieldEncoding string

Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. 

const (
	H264FieldEncodingPaff       H264FieldEncoding = "PAFF"
	H264FieldEncodingForceField H264FieldEncoding = "FORCE_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H264FieldEncoding

func (H264FieldEncoding) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264FieldEncoding) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264FieldEncoding) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264FieldEncoding) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string

Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. 

const (
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264FramerateControl 

type H264FramerateControl string

If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. 

const (
	H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H264FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264FramerateControlSpecified            H264FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateControl

func (H264FramerateControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264FramerateControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm string

When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion. 

const (
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264GopBReference 

type H264GopBReference string

If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1. 

const (
	H264GopBReferenceDisabled H264GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H264GopBReferenceEnabled  H264GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264GopBReference

func (H264GopBReference) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264GopBReference) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264GopBReference) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264GopBReference) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264GopSizeUnits 

type H264GopSizeUnits string

Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 

const (
	H264GopSizeUnitsFrames  H264GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds H264GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for H264GopSizeUnits

func (H264GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264InterlaceMode 

type H264InterlaceMode string

Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type, as follows. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose. 

const (
	H264InterlaceModeProgressive       H264InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	H264InterlaceModeTopField          H264InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeBottomField       H264InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField    H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H264InterlaceMode

func (H264InterlaceMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264InterlaceMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264ParControl 

type H264ParControl string

Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 

const (
	H264ParControlInitializeFromSource H264ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264ParControlSpecified            H264ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264ParControl

func (H264ParControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264ParControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264ParControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264ParControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264QualityTuningLevel 

type H264QualityTuningLevel string

Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass video encoding. 

const (
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass   H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  H264QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for H264QualityTuningLevel

func (H264QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264QvbrSettings added in v0.5.0 

type H264QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level
	// is Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity
	// of your input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video
	// part of this output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size
	// of the video element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied
	// by the number of seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxAverageBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you use QVBR rate control mode. That is, when you specify qvbrSettings
	// within h264Settings. Specify the target quality level for this output, from
	// 1 to 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly
	// lossless compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes
	// is between 6 and 9.
	QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.264 codec. Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control mode.

func (H264QvbrSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s H264QvbrSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (H264QvbrSettings) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s H264QvbrSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*H264QvbrSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *H264QvbrSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type H264RateControlMode 

type H264RateControlMode string

Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR), constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR). 

const (
	H264RateControlModeVbr  H264RateControlMode = "VBR"
	H264RateControlModeCbr  H264RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H264RateControlModeQvbr H264RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H264RateControlMode

func (H264RateControlMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264RateControlMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264RepeatPps 

type H264RepeatPps string

Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated. 

const (
	H264RepeatPpsDisabled H264RepeatPps = "DISABLED"
	H264RepeatPpsEnabled  H264RepeatPps = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264RepeatPps

func (H264RepeatPps) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264RepeatPps) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264RepeatPps) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264RepeatPps) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264SceneChangeDetect 

type H264SceneChangeDetect string

Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr. 

const (
	H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled            H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled             H264SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection H264SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enum values for H264SceneChangeDetect

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264Settings 

type H264Settings struct {

	// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual
	// quality.
	AdaptiveQuantization H264AdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR.
	// For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings.
	// If you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto (AUTO).
	CodecLevel H264CodecLevel `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the
	// AVC-I License.
	CodecProfile H264CodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information
	// based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames
	// for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the
	// value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop H264DynamicSubGop `locationName:"dynamicSubGop" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC.
	EntropyEncoding H264EntropyEncoding `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs.
	FieldEncoding H264FieldEncoding `locationName:"fieldEncoding" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding
	// job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl
	// to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output.
	// Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate
	// from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame
	// rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl H264FramerateControl `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value
	// as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Frame rate numerator - frame rate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
	// fps.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames >
	// 1.
	GopBReference H264GopBReference `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than
	// zero.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds
	// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits H264GopSizeUnits `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output.
	// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce
	// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top
	// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default
	// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore,
	// behavior depends on the input scan type, as follows. - If the source is interlaced,
	// the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will
	// follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first"
	// and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will
	// be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending
	// on which of the Follow options you chose.
	InterlaceMode H264InterlaceMode `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted
	// by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval
	// frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene
	// change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting
	// I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is
	// only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch
	// = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Number of B-frames between reference frames.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"`

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested
	// if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the
	// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing
	// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.
	ParControl H264ParControl `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to
	// use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass
	// video encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel H264QualityTuningLevel `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.264 codec.
	// Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate
	// control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control
	// mode.
	QvbrSettings *H264QvbrSettings `locationName:"qvbrSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode H264RateControlMode `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated.
	RepeatPps H264RepeatPps `locationName:"repeatPps" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	// If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION)
	// for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect H264SceneChangeDetect `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
	// the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled
	// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.
	SlowPal H264SlowPal `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content
	// in the encoded image.
	Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"`

	// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content
	// complexity.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
	Syntax H264Syntax `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate)
	// field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors
	// > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced
	// Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive,
	// Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output
	// from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output
	// to 29.97i.
	Telecine H264Telecine `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content
	// complexity.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value H_264.

func (H264Settings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s H264Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (H264Settings) String 

func (s H264Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*H264Settings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type H264SlowPal 

type H264SlowPal string

Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 

const (
	H264SlowPalDisabled H264SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	H264SlowPalEnabled  H264SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SlowPal

func (H264SlowPal) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264SlowPal) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string

Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. 

const (
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264Syntax 

type H264Syntax string

Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. 

const (
	H264SyntaxDefault H264Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	H264SyntaxRp2027  H264Syntax = "RP2027"
)

Enum values for H264Syntax

func (H264Syntax) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264Syntax) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264Syntax) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264Syntax) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264Telecine 

type H264Telecine string

This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i. 

const (
	H264TelecineNone H264Telecine = "NONE"
	H264TelecineSoft H264Telecine = "SOFT"
	H264TelecineHard H264Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for H264Telecine

func (H264Telecine) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264Telecine) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264Telecine) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264Telecine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string

Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. 

const (
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode 

type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode string

Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. 

const (
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED"
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled  H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode

func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265AdaptiveQuantization 

type H265AdaptiveQuantization string

Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality. 

const (
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for H265AdaptiveQuantization

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei 

type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei string

Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF). 

const (
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "DISABLED"
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled  H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265CodecLevel 

type H265CodecLevel string

H.265 Level. 

const (
	H265CodecLevelAuto    H265CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	H265CodecLevelLevel1  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel2  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2"
	H265CodecLevelLevel21 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel3  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3"
	H265CodecLevelLevel31 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel4  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4"
	H265CodecLevelLevel41 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel5  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5"
	H265CodecLevelLevel51 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel52 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2"
	H265CodecLevelLevel6  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6"
	H265CodecLevelLevel61 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel62 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_2"
)

Enum values for H265CodecLevel

func (H265CodecLevel) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265CodecLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265CodecProfile 

type H265CodecProfile string

Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License. 

const (
	H265CodecProfileMainMain         H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMainHigh         H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain10Main       H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain10High       H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain  H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh  H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH"
)

Enum values for H265CodecProfile

func (H265CodecProfile) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265CodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265DynamicSubGop added in v0.5.0 

type H265DynamicSubGop string

Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames). 

const (
	H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive H265DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	H265DynamicSubGopStatic   H265DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for H265DynamicSubGop

func (H265DynamicSubGop) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum H265DynamicSubGop) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265DynamicSubGop) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum H265DynamicSubGop) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string

Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. 

const (
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265FramerateControl 

type H265FramerateControl string

If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. 

const (
	H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H265FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H265FramerateControlSpecified            H265FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H265FramerateControl

func (H265FramerateControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265FramerateControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm string

When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion. 

const (
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
)

Enum values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265GopBReference 

type H265GopBReference string

If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1. 

const (
	H265GopBReferenceDisabled H265GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H265GopBReferenceEnabled  H265GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265GopBReference

func (H265GopBReference) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265GopBReference) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265GopBReference) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265GopBReference) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265GopSizeUnits 

type H265GopSizeUnits string

Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 

const (
	H265GopSizeUnitsFrames  H265GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds H265GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for H265GopSizeUnits

func (H265GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265InterlaceMode 

type H265InterlaceMode string

Choose the scan line type for the output. Choose Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Choose Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Choose Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an interlaced output with the same field polarity as the source. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". If the source is progressive, your output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose. If you don't choose a value, the service will default to Progressive (PROGRESSIVE). 

const (
	H265InterlaceModeProgressive       H265InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	H265InterlaceModeTopField          H265InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeBottomField       H265InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField    H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H265InterlaceMode

func (H265InterlaceMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265InterlaceMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265ParControl 

type H265ParControl string

Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 

const (
	H265ParControlInitializeFromSource H265ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H265ParControlSpecified            H265ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H265ParControl

func (H265ParControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265ParControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265ParControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265ParControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265QualityTuningLevel 

type H265QualityTuningLevel string

Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass video encoding. 

const (
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass   H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  H265QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for H265QualityTuningLevel

func (H265QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265QvbrSettings added in v0.5.0 

type H265QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level
	// is Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity
	// of your input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video
	// part of this output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size
	// of the video element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied
	// by the number of seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxAverageBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Required when you use QVBR rate control mode. That is, when you specify qvbrSettings
	// within h265Settings. Specify the target quality level for this output, from
	// 1 to 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly
	// lossless compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes
	// is between 6 and 9.
	QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control mode.

func (H265QvbrSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s H265QvbrSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (H265QvbrSettings) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s H265QvbrSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*H265QvbrSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *H265QvbrSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type H265RateControlMode 

type H265RateControlMode string

Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR), constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR). 

const (
	H265RateControlModeVbr  H265RateControlMode = "VBR"
	H265RateControlModeCbr  H265RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H265RateControlModeQvbr H265RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H265RateControlMode

func (H265RateControlMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265RateControlMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode 

type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode string

Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically selects best strength based on content 

const (
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault  H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "DEFAULT"
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "ADAPTIVE"
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff      H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "OFF"
)

Enum values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265SceneChangeDetect 

type H265SceneChangeDetect string

Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr. 

const (
	H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled            H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled             H265SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection H265SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enum values for H265SceneChangeDetect

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265Settings 

type H265Settings struct {

	// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual
	// quality.
	AdaptiveQuantization H265AdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid
	// Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF).
	AlternateTransferFunctionSei H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei `locationName:"alternateTransferFunctionSei" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR.
	// For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// H.265 Level.
	CodecLevel H265CodecLevel `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections
	// are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile
	// with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License.
	CodecProfile H265CodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information
	// based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames
	// for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the
	// value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop H265DynamicSubGop `locationName:"dynamicSubGop" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding
	// job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl
	// to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output.
	// Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate
	// from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame
	// rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl H265FramerateControl `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Frame rate denominator.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Frame rate numerator - frame rate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
	// fps.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames >
	// 1.
	GopBReference H265GopBReference `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than
	// zero.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds
	// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits H265GopSizeUnits `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Choose Progressive (PROGRESSIVE)
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input.
	// Choose Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) to
	// create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Choose Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an interlaced output with the same field polarity as the source.
	// If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore
	// be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". If the source is
	// progressive, your output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom
	// field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose.
	// If you don't choose a value, the service will default to Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
	InterlaceMode H265InterlaceMode `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted
	// by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval
	// frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene
	// change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting
	// I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is
	// only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch
	// = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Number of B-frames between reference frames.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"`

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested
	// if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the
	// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing
	// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.
	ParControl H265ParControl `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to
	// use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass
	// video encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel H265QualityTuningLevel `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
	// Required when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Not valid when you set Rate
	// control mode to a value other than QVBR, or when you don't define Rate control
	// mode.
	QvbrSettings *H265QvbrSettings `locationName:"qvbrSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode H265RateControlMode `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically
	// selects best strength based on content
	SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode `locationName:"sampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	// If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION)
	// for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect H265SceneChangeDetect `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half
	// the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled
	// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.
	SlowPal H265SlowPal `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content
	// complexity.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate)
	// field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors
	// > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced
	// Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive,
	// Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output
	// from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output
	// to 29.97i.
	Telecine H265Telecine `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content
	// complexity.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers
	// are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer,
	// reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can
	// form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal
	// layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream
	// with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder
	// could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and
	// P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output.
	TemporalIds H265TemporalIds `locationName:"temporalIds" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision
	// of the encoded pictures.
	Tiles H265Tiles `locationName:"tiles" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use this setting only for outputs encoded with H.265 that are in CMAF or
	// DASH output groups. If you include writeMp4PackagingType in your JSON job
	// specification for other outputs, your video might not work properly with
	// downstream systems and video players. If the location of parameter set NAL
	// units don't matter in your workflow, ignore this setting. The service defaults
	// to marking your output as HEV1. Choose HVC1 to mark your output as HVC1.
	// This makes your output compliant with this specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29
	// N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15 3rd Edition. For these outputs, the service
	// stores parameter set NAL units in the sample headers but not in the samples
	// directly. Keep the default HEV1 to mark your output as HEV1. For these outputs,
	// the service writes parameter set NAL units directly into the samples.
	WriteMp4PackagingType H265WriteMp4PackagingType `locationName:"writeMp4PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for H265 codec

func (H265Settings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s H265Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (H265Settings) String 

func (s H265Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*H265Settings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type H265SlowPal 

type H265SlowPal string

Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 

const (
	H265SlowPalDisabled H265SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	H265SlowPalEnabled  H265SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SlowPal

func (H265SlowPal) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265SlowPal) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string

Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. 

const (
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265Telecine 

type H265Telecine string

This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i. 

const (
	H265TelecineNone H265Telecine = "NONE"
	H265TelecineSoft H265Telecine = "SOFT"
	H265TelecineHard H265Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for H265Telecine

func (H265Telecine) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265Telecine) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265Telecine) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265Telecine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string

Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. 

const (
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265TemporalIds 

type H265TemporalIds string

Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output. 

const (
	H265TemporalIdsDisabled H265TemporalIds = "DISABLED"
	H265TemporalIdsEnabled  H265TemporalIds = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265TemporalIds

func (H265TemporalIds) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265TemporalIds) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265TemporalIds) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265TemporalIds) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265Tiles 

type H265Tiles string

Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision of the encoded pictures. 

const (
	H265TilesDisabled H265Tiles = "DISABLED"
	H265TilesEnabled  H265Tiles = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265Tiles

func (H265Tiles) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265Tiles) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265Tiles) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265Tiles) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode 

type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode string

Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. 

const (
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED"
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled  H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type H265WriteMp4PackagingType added in v0.5.0 

type H265WriteMp4PackagingType string

Use this setting only for outputs encoded with H.265 that are in CMAF or DASH output groups. If you include writeMp4PackagingType in your JSON job specification for other outputs, your video might not work properly with downstream systems and video players. If the location of parameter set NAL units don't matter in your workflow, ignore this setting. The service defaults to marking your output as HEV1. Choose HVC1 to mark your output as HVC1. This makes your output compliant with this specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29 N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15 3rd Edition. For these outputs, the service stores parameter set NAL units in the sample headers but not in the samples directly. Keep the default HEV1 to mark your output as HEV1. For these outputs, the service writes parameter set NAL units directly into the samples. 

const (
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HVC1"
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HEV1"
)

Enum values for H265WriteMp4PackagingType

func (H265WriteMp4PackagingType) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum H265WriteMp4PackagingType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (H265WriteMp4PackagingType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum H265WriteMp4PackagingType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Hdr10Metadata 

type Hdr10Metadata struct {

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryX" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryY" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryX" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryY" type:"integer"`

	// Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units
	// of candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value;
	// you must specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxContentLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxContentLightLevel" type:"integer"`

	// Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in
	// units of candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value;
	// you must specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxFrameAverageLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxFrameAverageLightLevel" type:"integer"`

	// Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas
	// per square meter.
	MaxLuminance *int64 `locationName:"maxLuminance" type:"integer"`

	// Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas
	// per square meter
	MinLuminance *int64 `locationName:"minLuminance" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryX" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryY" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointX *int64 `locationName:"whitePointX" type:"integer"`

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using
	// color grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002
	// in CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointY *int64 `locationName:"whitePointY" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to specify static color calibration metadata, as defined by SMPTE ST 2086. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator.

func (Hdr10Metadata) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Hdr10Metadata) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Hdr10Metadata) String 

func (s Hdr10Metadata) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsAdMarkers 

type HlsAdMarkers string
const (
	HlsAdMarkersElemental       HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL"
	HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"
)

Enum values for HlsAdMarkers

func (HlsAdMarkers) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsAdMarkers) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsAdMarkers) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsAdMarkers) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsAudioOnlyContainer added in v0.11.0 

type HlsAudioOnlyContainer string

Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value Automatic (AUTOMATIC) to create a raw audio-only file with no container. Regardless of the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the service will place outputs into an MPEG2-TS container. 

const (
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "AUTOMATIC"
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts      HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "M2TS"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioOnlyContainer

func (HlsAudioOnlyContainer) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum HlsAudioOnlyContainer) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsAudioOnlyContainer) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum HlsAudioOnlyContainer) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsAudioTrackType 

type HlsAudioTrackType string

Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO 

const (
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect        HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect     HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream          HlsAudioTrackType = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioTrackType

func (HlsAudioTrackType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsAudioTrackType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsAudioTrackType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsAudioTrackType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping 

type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct {

	// Caption channel.
	CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the language for this caption channel, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Caption language description.
	LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Language Mapping

func (HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) String 

func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting 

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting string

Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line from the manifest. 

const (
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "INSERT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "OMIT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsClientCache 

type HlsClientCache string

When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client from saving media segments for later replay. 

const (
	HlsClientCacheDisabled HlsClientCache = "DISABLED"
	HlsClientCacheEnabled  HlsClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsClientCache

func (HlsClientCache) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsClientCache) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsClientCache) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsClientCache) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsCodecSpecification 

type HlsCodecSpecification string

Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist generation. 

const (
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
)

Enum values for HlsCodecSpecification

func (HlsCodecSpecification) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsCodecSpecification) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsCodecSpecification) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsCodecSpecification) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsDirectoryStructure 

type HlsDirectoryStructure string

Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories. 

const (
	HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory       HlsDirectoryStructure = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"
	HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream HlsDirectoryStructure = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsDirectoryStructure

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsDirectoryStructure) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsDirectoryStructure) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsEncryptionSettings 

type HlsEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" min:"32" type:"string"`

	// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable.
	// Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption.
	EncryptionMethod HlsEncryptionType `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the
	// key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed
	// in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest.
	InitializationVectorInManifest HlsInitializationVectorInManifest `locationName:"initializationVectorInManifest" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master
	// playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection.
	OfflineEncrypted HlsOfflineEncrypted `locationName:"offlineEncrypted" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider `locationName:"staticKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider
	// that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type HlsKeyProviderType `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for HLS encryption

func (HlsEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (HlsEncryptionSettings) String 

func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HlsEncryptionSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HlsEncryptionType 

type HlsEncryptionType string

Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption. 

const (
	HlsEncryptionTypeAes128    HlsEncryptionType = "AES128"
	HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes HlsEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
)

Enum values for HlsEncryptionType

func (HlsEncryptionType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsEncryptionType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsEncryptionType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsEncryptionType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsGroupSettings 

type HlsGroupSettings struct {

	// Choose one or more ad marker types to decorate your Apple HLS manifest. This
	// setting does not determine whether SCTE-35 markers appear in the outputs
	// themselves.
	AdMarkers []HlsAdMarkers `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"`

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than
	// the main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"`

	// Language to be used on Caption outputs
	CaptionLanguageMappings []HlsCaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"`

	// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language
	// Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify.
	// Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the
	// original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption
	// selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in
	// the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include
	// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// line from the manifest.
	CaptionLanguageSetting HlsCaptionLanguageSetting `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client
	// from saving media segments for later replay.
	ClientCache HlsClientCache `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification HlsCodecSpecification `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify
	// the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input
	// file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the
	// first input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories.
	DirectoryStructure HlsDirectoryStructure `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression HlsManifestCompression `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat HlsManifestDurationFormat `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting
	// a problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you
	// know that player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because
	// the length of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify
	// a minimum final segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater
	// than or equal to 1 and less than your segment length. When you specify a
	// value for this setting, the encoder will combine any final segment that is
	// shorter than the length that you specify with the previous segment. For example,
	// your segment length is 3 seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without
	// a minimum final segment length; when you set the minimum final segment length
	// to 1, your final segment is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength *float64 `locationName:"minFinalSegmentLength" type:"double"`

	// When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within
	// the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if
	// needed.
	MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"`

	// Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS
	// output group.
	OutputSelection HlsOutputSelection `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files.
	// The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are
	// initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using
	// the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset.
	ProgramDateTime HlsProgramDateTime `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
	ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"`

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file,
	// uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback.
	SegmentControl HlsSegmentControl `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that
	// segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual
	// segment length may be longer.
	SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one.
	// directoryStructure must be SINGLE_DIRECTORY for this setting to have an effect.
	SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
	// of variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution HlsStreamInfResolution `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.
	TimedMetadataId3Frame HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Timed Metadata interval in seconds.
	TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"`

	// Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
	TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS.

func (HlsGroupSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s HlsGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (HlsGroupSettings) String 

func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*HlsGroupSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest 

type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest string

When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS manifest 

const (
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "INCLUDE"
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest 

type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest string

The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest. 

const (
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE"
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsKeyProviderType 

type HlsKeyProviderType string

Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html. 

const (
	HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke     HlsKeyProviderType = "SPEKE"
	HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey HlsKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Enum values for HlsKeyProviderType

func (HlsKeyProviderType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsKeyProviderType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsKeyProviderType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsKeyProviderType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsManifestCompression 

type HlsManifestCompression string

When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. 

const (
	HlsManifestCompressionGzip HlsManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	HlsManifestCompressionNone HlsManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestCompression

func (HlsManifestCompression) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsManifestCompression) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsManifestCompression) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsManifestCompression) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsManifestDurationFormat 

type HlsManifestDurationFormat string

Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for segment duration. 

const (
	HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint HlsManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger       HlsManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestDurationFormat

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsManifestDurationFormat) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsOfflineEncrypted added in v0.8.0 

type HlsOfflineEncrypted string

Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection. 

const (
	HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled  HlsOfflineEncrypted = "ENABLED"
	HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled HlsOfflineEncrypted = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsOfflineEncrypted

func (HlsOfflineEncrypted) MarshalValue added in v0.8.0 

func (enum HlsOfflineEncrypted) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsOfflineEncrypted) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.8.0 

func (enum HlsOfflineEncrypted) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsOutputSelection 

type HlsOutputSelection string

Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS output group. 

const (
	HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments HlsOutputSelection = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"
	HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly         HlsOutputSelection = "SEGMENTS_ONLY"
)

Enum values for HlsOutputSelection

func (HlsOutputSelection) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsOutputSelection) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsOutputSelection) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsOutputSelection) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsProgramDateTime 

type HlsProgramDateTime string

Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset. 

const (
	HlsProgramDateTimeInclude HlsProgramDateTime = "INCLUDE"
	HlsProgramDateTimeExclude HlsProgramDateTime = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsProgramDateTime

func (HlsProgramDateTime) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsProgramDateTime) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsProgramDateTime) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsProgramDateTime) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsSegmentControl 

type HlsSegmentControl string

When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback. 

const (
	HlsSegmentControlSingleFile     HlsSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles HlsSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for HlsSegmentControl

func (HlsSegmentControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsSegmentControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsSegmentControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsSettings 

type HlsSettings struct {

	// Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs.
	AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"`

	// Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value
	// Automatic (AUTOMATIC) to create an audio-only file in a raw container. Regardless
	// of the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the service
	// will place the output into an MPEG2-TS container.
	AudioOnlyContainer HlsAudioOnlyContainer `locationName:"audioOnlyContainer" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input
	// all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"`

	// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream
	// The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
	// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate
	// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try
	// to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest
	// with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default
	// Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented
	// as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate
	// Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to
	// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
	// DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO
	AudioTrackType HlsAudioTrackType `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS
	// manifest
	IFrameOnlyManifest HlsIFrameOnlyManifest `locationName:"iFrameOnlyManifest" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// String concatenated to end of segment filenames. Accepts "Format Identifiers":#format_identifier_parameters.
	SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for HLS output groups

func (HlsSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s HlsSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (HlsSettings) String 

func (s HlsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type HlsStreamInfResolution 

type HlsStreamInfResolution string

Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of variant manifest. 

const (
	HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
	HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsStreamInfResolution

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsStreamInfResolution) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsStreamInfResolution) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame 

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame string

Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 

const (
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "PRIV"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "TDRL"
)

Enum values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Id3Insertion 

type Id3Insertion struct {

	// Use ID3 tag (Id3) to provide a tag value in base64-encode format.
	Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string"`

	// Provide a Timecode (TimeCode) in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format.
	Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag (Id3) to specify the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode (TimeCode) to specify the time when the tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in your output, create multiple instances of ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion).

func (Id3Insertion) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Id3Insertion) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Id3Insertion) String 

func (s Id3Insertion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ImageInserter 

type ImageInserter struct {

	// Specify the images that you want to overlay on your video. The images must
	// be PNG or TGA files.
	InsertableImages []InsertableImage `locationName:"insertableImages" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each input or output individually. This setting is disabled by default.

func (ImageInserter) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ImageInserter) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ImageInserter) String 

func (s ImageInserter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ImageInserter) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ImageInserter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ImscDestinationSettings added in v0.12.0 

type ImscDestinationSettings struct {

	// Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position
	// information from the captions source in the output. This option is available
	// only when your input captions are CFF-TT, IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable
	// this setting for simplified output captions.
	StylePassthrough ImscStylePassthrough `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to IMSC caption outputs.

func (ImscDestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.12.0 

func (s ImscDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ImscDestinationSettings) String added in v0.12.0 

func (s ImscDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ImscStylePassthrough added in v0.12.0 

type ImscStylePassthrough string

Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position information from the captions source in the output. This option is available only when your input captions are CFF-TT, IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable this setting for simplified output captions. 

const (
	ImscStylePassthroughEnabled  ImscStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	ImscStylePassthroughDisabled ImscStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for ImscStylePassthrough

func (ImscStylePassthrough) MarshalValue added in v0.12.0 

func (enum ImscStylePassthrough) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ImscStylePassthrough) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.12.0 

func (enum ImscStylePassthrough) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Input 

type Input struct {

	// Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may
	// have multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group
	// for more information.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"`

	// Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks
	// from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple Audio
	// selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"`

	// Use Captions selectors (CaptionSelectors) to specify the captions data from
	// the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple captions
	// selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"`

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service
	// will include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will
	// override any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection
	// (crop).
	Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output.
	// Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed
	// video inputs.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload
	// them to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key
	// Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt
	// your content.
	DecryptionSettings *InputDecryptionSettings `locationName:"decryptionSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default
	// is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video
	// inputs.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the source file for your transcoding job. You can use multiple inputs
	// in a single job. The service concatenates these inputs, in the order that
	// you specify them in the job, to create the outputs. If your input format
	// is IMF, specify your input by providing the path to your CPL. For example,
	// "s3://bucket/vf/cpl.xml". If the CPL is in an incomplete IMP, make sure to
	// use *Supplemental IMPs* (SupplementalImps) to specify any supplemental IMPs
	// that contain assets referenced by the CPL.
	FileInput *string `locationName:"fileInput" type:"string"`

	// Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service
	// applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters
	// separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter).
	// * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending
	// on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is
	// true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter).
	// * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type.
	FilterEnable InputFilterEnable `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter
	// settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0.
	FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"`

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting
	// is disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify
	// a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start
	// time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you
	// provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When
	// you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the
	// job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"`

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
	// If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify
	// in the output setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value
	// here, this will override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond
	// to AFD (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here,
	// this will ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior
	// (scalingBehavior).
	Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"`

	// Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program
	// transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is
	// the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify
	// doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify
	// which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio
	// and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl InputPsiControl `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Provide a list of any necessary supplemental IMPs. You need supplemental
	// IMPs if the CPL that you're using for your input is in an incomplete IMP.
	// Specify either the supplemental IMP directories with a trailing slash or
	// the ASSETMAP.xml files. For example ["s3://bucket/ov/", "s3://bucket/vf2/ASSETMAP.xml"].
	// You don't need to specify the IMP that contains your input CPL, because the
	// service automatically detects it.
	SupplementalImps []string `locationName:"supplementalImps" type:"list"`

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource),
	// to specify how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count
	// affects only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time,
	// such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded
	// (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero
	// (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART)
	// to start the first frame at the timecode that you specify in the setting
	// Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify a value for Timecode
	// source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about
	// timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART).
	// For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string `locationName:"timecodeStart" min:"11" type:"string"`

	// Selector for video.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies media input

func (Input) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Input) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Input) String 

func (s Input) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Input) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *Input) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputClipping 

type InputClipping struct {

	// Set End timecode (EndTimecode) to the end of the portion of the input you
	// are clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included
	// in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both.
	// Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the
	// minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this
	// value, take into account your setting for timecode source under input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource). For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start
	// at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to end six minutes into the video,
	// use 01:06:00:00.
	EndTimecode *string `locationName:"endTimecode" type:"string"`

	// Set Start timecode (StartTimecode) to the beginning of the portion of the
	// input you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value
	// is included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank,
	// but not both. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the
	// hour, MM is the minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When
	// choosing this value, take into account your setting for Input timecode source.
	// For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and
	// you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, use 01:05:00:00.
	StartTimecode *string `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To transcode only portions of your input (clips), include one Input clipping (one instance of InputClipping in the JSON job file) for each input clip. All input clips you specify will be included in every output of the job.

func (InputClipping) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s InputClipping) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (InputClipping) String 

func (s InputClipping) String() string

String returns the string representation

type InputDeblockFilter 

type InputDeblockFilter string

Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs. 

const (
	InputDeblockFilterEnabled  InputDeblockFilter = "ENABLED"
	InputDeblockFilterDisabled InputDeblockFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDeblockFilter

func (InputDeblockFilter) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputDeblockFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (InputDeblockFilter) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputDeblockFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type InputDecryptionSettings added in v0.6.0 

type InputDecryptionSettings struct {

	// Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files.
	DecryptionMode DecryptionMode `locationName:"decryptionMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Warning! Don't provide your encryption key in plaintext. Your job settings
	// could be intercepted, making your encrypted content vulnerable. Specify the
	// encrypted version of the data key that you used to encrypt your content.
	// The data key must be encrypted by AWS Key Management Service (KMS). The key
	// can be 128, 192, or 256 bits.
	EncryptedDecryptionKey *string `locationName:"encryptedDecryptionKey" min:"24" type:"string"`

	// Specify the initialization vector that you used when you encrypted your content
	// before uploading it to Amazon S3. You can use a 16-byte initialization vector
	// with any encryption mode. Or, you can use a 12-byte initialization vector
	// with GCM or CTR. MediaConvert accepts only initialization vectors that are
	// base64-encoded.
	InitializationVector *string `locationName:"initializationVector" min:"16" type:"string"`

	// Specify the AWS Region for AWS Key Management Service (KMS) that you used
	// to encrypt your data key, if that Region is different from the one you are
	// using for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
	KmsKeyRegion *string `locationName:"kmsKeyRegion" min:"9" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your content.

func (InputDecryptionSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.6.0 

func (s InputDecryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (InputDecryptionSettings) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s InputDecryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputDecryptionSettings) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *InputDecryptionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputDenoiseFilter 

type InputDenoiseFilter string

Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs. 

const (
	InputDenoiseFilterEnabled  InputDenoiseFilter = "ENABLED"
	InputDenoiseFilterDisabled InputDenoiseFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDenoiseFilter

func (InputDenoiseFilter) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputDenoiseFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (InputDenoiseFilter) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputDenoiseFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type InputFilterEnable 

type InputFilterEnable string

Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. 

const (
	InputFilterEnableAuto    InputFilterEnable = "AUTO"
	InputFilterEnableDisable InputFilterEnable = "DISABLE"
	InputFilterEnableForce   InputFilterEnable = "FORCE"
)

Enum values for InputFilterEnable

func (InputFilterEnable) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputFilterEnable) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (InputFilterEnable) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputFilterEnable) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type InputPsiControl 

type InputPsiControl string

Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. 

const (
	InputPsiControlIgnorePsi InputPsiControl = "IGNORE_PSI"
	InputPsiControlUsePsi    InputPsiControl = "USE_PSI"
)

Enum values for InputPsiControl

func (InputPsiControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputPsiControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (InputPsiControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputPsiControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type InputRotate added in v0.8.0 

type InputRotate string

Use Rotate (InputRotate) to specify how the service rotates your video. You can choose automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise rotation of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or .mp4 and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata. The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default to no rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input video has rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata. 

const (
	InputRotateDegree0    InputRotate = "DEGREE_0"
	InputRotateDegrees90  InputRotate = "DEGREES_90"
	InputRotateDegrees180 InputRotate = "DEGREES_180"
	InputRotateDegrees270 InputRotate = "DEGREES_270"
	InputRotateAuto       InputRotate = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for InputRotate

func (InputRotate) MarshalValue added in v0.8.0 

func (enum InputRotate) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (InputRotate) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.8.0 

func (enum InputRotate) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type InputTemplate 

type InputTemplate struct {

	// Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may
	// have multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group
	// for more information.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"`

	// Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks
	// from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple Audio
	// selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"`

	// Use Captions selectors (CaptionSelectors) to specify the captions data from
	// the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple captions
	// selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"`

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service
	// will include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will
	// override any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection
	// (crop).
	Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output.
	// Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed
	// video inputs.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default
	// is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video
	// inputs.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service
	// applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters
	// separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter).
	// * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending
	// on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is
	// true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter).
	// * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type.
	FilterEnable InputFilterEnable `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter
	// settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0.
	FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"`

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting
	// is disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify
	// a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start
	// time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you
	// provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When
	// you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the
	// job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"`

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
	// If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify
	// in the output setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value
	// here, this will override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond
	// to AFD (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here,
	// this will ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior
	// (scalingBehavior).
	Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"`

	// Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program
	// transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is
	// the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify
	// doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify
	// which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio
	// and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl InputPsiControl `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource),
	// to specify how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count
	// affects only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time,
	// such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded
	// (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero
	// (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART)
	// to start the first frame at the timecode that you specify in the setting
	// Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify a value for Timecode
	// source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about
	// timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART).
	// For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string `locationName:"timecodeStart" min:"11" type:"string"`

	// Selector for video.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specified video input in a template.

func (InputTemplate) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s InputTemplate) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (InputTemplate) String 

func (s InputTemplate) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InputTemplate) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *InputTemplate) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type InputTimecodeSource 

type InputTimecodeSource string

Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode. 

const (
	InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded       InputTimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
	InputTimecodeSourceZerobased      InputTimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart InputTimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Enum values for InputTimecodeSource

func (InputTimecodeSource) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputTimecodeSource) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (InputTimecodeSource) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum InputTimecodeSource) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type InsertableImage 

type InsertableImage struct {

	// Specify the time, in milliseconds, for the image to remain on the output
	// video. This duration includes fade-in time but not fade-out time.
	Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the Start time that
	// you specify for the image insertion and the time that the image appears at
	// full opacity. Full opacity is the level that you specify for the opacity
	// setting. If you don't specify a value for Fade-in, the image will appear
	// abruptly at the overlay start time.
	FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the end of the time
	// that you have specified for the image overlay Duration and when the overlaid
	// image has faded to total transparency. If you don't specify a value for Fade-out,
	// the image will disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration.
	FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the height of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value
	// that's larger than the video resolution height, the service will crop your
	// overlaid image to fit. To use the native height of the image, keep this setting
	// blank.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the Amazon S3 location of the image that you want to overlay on the
	// video. Use a PNG or TGA file.
	ImageInserterInput *string `locationName:"imageInserterInput" min:"14" type:"string"`

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image and the left
	// edge of the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the overlaid image and the top edge
	// of the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"`

	// Specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images with higher values
	// for Layer appear on top of images with lower values for Layer.
	Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"`

	// Use Opacity (Opacity) to specify how much of the underlying video shows through
	// the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is
	// 50.
	Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the timecode of the frame that you want the overlay to first appear
	// on. This must be in timecode (HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF) format. Remember
	// to take into account your timecode source settings.
	StartTime *string `locationName:"startTime" type:"string"`

	// Specify the width of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value
	// that's larger than the video resolution width, the service will crop your
	// overlaid image to fit. To use the native width of the image, keep this setting
	// blank.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings that specify how your still graphic overlay appears.

func (InsertableImage) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s InsertableImage) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (InsertableImage) String 

func (s InsertableImage) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*InsertableImage) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *InsertableImage) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Job 

type Job struct {

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// Optional. Choose a tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use
	// to sort your AWS Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that
	// you set up. Any transcoding outputs that don't have an associated tag will
	// appear in your billing report unsorted. If you don't choose a valid value
	// for this field, your job outputs will appear on the billing report unsorted.
	BillingTagsSource BillingTagsSource `locationName:"billingTagsSource" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING
	CurrentPhase JobPhase `locationName:"currentPhase" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Error code for the job
	ErrorCode *int64 `locationName:"errorCode" type:"integer"`

	// Error message of Job
	ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"`

	// A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// resources
	Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"`

	// An estimate of how far your job has progressed. This estimate is shown as
	// a percentage of the total time from when your job leaves its queue to when
	// your output files appear in your output Amazon S3 bucket. AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// provides jobPercentComplete in CloudWatch STATUS_UPDATE events and in the
	// response to GetJob and ListJobs requests. The jobPercentComplete estimate
	// is reliable for the following input containers: Quicktime, Transport Stream,
	// MP4, and MXF. For some jobs, the service can't provide information about
	// job progress. In those cases, jobPercentComplete returns a null value.
	JobPercentComplete *int64 `locationName:"jobPercentComplete" type:"integer"`

	// The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job
	// template.
	JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"`

	// List of output group details
	OutputGroupDetails []OutputGroupDetail `locationName:"outputGroupDetails" type:"list"`

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If
	// you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues,
	// see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// The number of times that the service automatically attempted to process your
	// job after encountering an error.
	RetryCount *int64 `locationName:"retryCount" type:"integer"`

	// The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions,
	// see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html
	//
	// Role is a required field
	Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved
	// transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs
	// your job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will
	// see with one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
	SimulateReservedQueue SimulateReservedQueue `locationName:"simulateReservedQueue" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.
	Status JobStatus `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified
	// in Unix epoch format in seconds.
	Timing *Timing `locationName:"timing" type:"structure"`

	// User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job.
	// You specify metadata in key/value pairs.
	UserMetadata map[string]string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html

func (Job) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Job) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Job) String 

func (s Job) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JobPhase added in v0.8.0 

type JobPhase string

A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING 

const (
	JobPhaseProbing     JobPhase = "PROBING"
	JobPhaseTranscoding JobPhase = "TRANSCODING"
	JobPhaseUploading   JobPhase = "UPLOADING"
)

Enum values for JobPhase

func (JobPhase) MarshalValue added in v0.8.0 

func (enum JobPhase) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (JobPhase) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.8.0 

func (enum JobPhase) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type JobSettings 

type JobSettings struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time.
	AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an
	// image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM).
	Esam *EsamSettings `locationName:"esam" type:"structure"`

	// Use Inputs (inputs) to define source file used in the transcode job. There
	// can be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together
	// to create the output.
	Inputs []Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter `locationName:"motionImageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement
	// and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration
	// (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs
	// in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an
	// instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if
	// you don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable
	// the setting.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"`

	// (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that
	// share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime,
	// MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required
	// in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This
	// required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings).
	// Type, settings object pairs are as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings
	// * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings
	// * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"`

	// Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags
	// in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it
	// in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion
	// (Id3Insertion) objects.
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.

func (JobSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s JobSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (JobSettings) String 

func (s JobSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*JobSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *JobSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type JobStatus 

type JobStatus string

A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. 

const (
	JobStatusSubmitted   JobStatus = "SUBMITTED"
	JobStatusProgressing JobStatus = "PROGRESSING"
	JobStatusComplete    JobStatus = "COMPLETE"
	JobStatusCanceled    JobStatus = "CANCELED"
	JobStatusError       JobStatus = "ERROR"
)

Enum values for JobStatus

func (JobStatus) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum JobStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (JobStatus) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum JobStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type JobTemplate 

type JobTemplate struct {

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// An optional category you create to organize your job templates.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// An optional description you create for each job template.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within
	// your account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to.
	// If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in
	// job templates can't be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type Type `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use to quickly create a job.

func (JobTemplate) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s JobTemplate) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (JobTemplate) String 

func (s JobTemplate) String() string

String returns the string representation

type JobTemplateListBy 

type JobTemplateListBy string

Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by name. 

const (
	JobTemplateListByName         JobTemplateListBy = "NAME"
	JobTemplateListByCreationDate JobTemplateListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
	JobTemplateListBySystem       JobTemplateListBy = "SYSTEM"
)

Enum values for JobTemplateListBy

func (JobTemplateListBy) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum JobTemplateListBy) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (JobTemplateListBy) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum JobTemplateListBy) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type JobTemplateSettings 

type JobTemplateSettings struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time.
	AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"`

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an
	// image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM).
	Esam *EsamSettings `locationName:"esam" type:"structure"`

	// Use Inputs (inputs) to define the source file used in the transcode job.
	// There can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include
	// multiple inputs when referencing a job template.
	Inputs []InputTemplate `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"`

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter `locationName:"motionImageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement
	// and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration
	// (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs
	// in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an
	// instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if
	// you don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable
	// the setting.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"`

	// (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that
	// share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime,
	// MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required
	// in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This
	// required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings).
	// Type, settings object pairs are as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings
	// * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings
	// * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"`

	// Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"`

	// Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags
	// in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it
	// in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion
	// (Id3Insertion) objects.
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template that will be applied to jobs created from it.

func (JobTemplateSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s JobTemplateSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (JobTemplateSettings) String 

func (s JobTemplateSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*JobTemplateSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *JobTemplateSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type LanguageCode 

type LanguageCode string

Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php. 

const (
	LanguageCodeEng LanguageCode = "ENG"
	LanguageCodeSpa LanguageCode = "SPA"
	LanguageCodeFra LanguageCode = "FRA"
	LanguageCodeDeu LanguageCode = "DEU"
	LanguageCodeGer LanguageCode = "GER"
	LanguageCodeZho LanguageCode = "ZHO"
	LanguageCodeAra LanguageCode = "ARA"
	LanguageCodeHin LanguageCode = "HIN"
	LanguageCodeJpn LanguageCode = "JPN"
	LanguageCodeRus LanguageCode = "RUS"
	LanguageCodePor LanguageCode = "POR"
	LanguageCodeIta LanguageCode = "ITA"
	LanguageCodeUrd LanguageCode = "URD"
	LanguageCodeVie LanguageCode = "VIE"
	LanguageCodeKor LanguageCode = "KOR"
	LanguageCodePan LanguageCode = "PAN"
	LanguageCodeAbk LanguageCode = "ABK"
	LanguageCodeAar LanguageCode = "AAR"
	LanguageCodeAfr LanguageCode = "AFR"
	LanguageCodeAka LanguageCode = "AKA"
	LanguageCodeSqi LanguageCode = "SQI"
	LanguageCodeAmh LanguageCode = "AMH"
	LanguageCodeArg LanguageCode = "ARG"
	LanguageCodeHye LanguageCode = "HYE"
	LanguageCodeAsm LanguageCode = "ASM"
	LanguageCodeAva LanguageCode = "AVA"
	LanguageCodeAve LanguageCode = "AVE"
	LanguageCodeAym LanguageCode = "AYM"
	LanguageCodeAze LanguageCode = "AZE"
	LanguageCodeBam LanguageCode = "BAM"
	LanguageCodeBak LanguageCode = "BAK"
	LanguageCodeEus LanguageCode = "EUS"
	LanguageCodeBel LanguageCode = "BEL"
	LanguageCodeBen LanguageCode = "BEN"
	LanguageCodeBih LanguageCode = "BIH"
	LanguageCodeBis LanguageCode = "BIS"
	LanguageCodeBos LanguageCode = "BOS"
	LanguageCodeBre LanguageCode = "BRE"
	LanguageCodeBul LanguageCode = "BUL"
	LanguageCodeMya LanguageCode = "MYA"
	LanguageCodeCat LanguageCode = "CAT"
	LanguageCodeKhm LanguageCode = "KHM"
	LanguageCodeCha LanguageCode = "CHA"
	LanguageCodeChe LanguageCode = "CHE"
	LanguageCodeNya LanguageCode = "NYA"
	LanguageCodeChu LanguageCode = "CHU"
	LanguageCodeChv LanguageCode = "CHV"
	LanguageCodeCor LanguageCode = "COR"
	LanguageCodeCos LanguageCode = "COS"
	LanguageCodeCre LanguageCode = "CRE"
	LanguageCodeHrv LanguageCode = "HRV"
	LanguageCodeCes LanguageCode = "CES"
	LanguageCodeDan LanguageCode = "DAN"
	LanguageCodeDiv LanguageCode = "DIV"
	LanguageCodeNld LanguageCode = "NLD"
	LanguageCodeDzo LanguageCode = "DZO"
	LanguageCodeEnm LanguageCode = "ENM"
	LanguageCodeEpo LanguageCode = "EPO"
	LanguageCodeEst LanguageCode = "EST"
	LanguageCodeEwe LanguageCode = "EWE"
	LanguageCodeFao LanguageCode = "FAO"
	LanguageCodeFij LanguageCode = "FIJ"
	LanguageCodeFin LanguageCode = "FIN"
	LanguageCodeFrm LanguageCode = "FRM"
	LanguageCodeFul LanguageCode = "FUL"
	LanguageCodeGla LanguageCode = "GLA"
	LanguageCodeGlg LanguageCode = "GLG"
	LanguageCodeLug LanguageCode = "LUG"
	LanguageCodeKat LanguageCode = "KAT"
	LanguageCodeEll LanguageCode = "ELL"
	LanguageCodeGrn LanguageCode = "GRN"
	LanguageCodeGuj LanguageCode = "GUJ"
	LanguageCodeHat LanguageCode = "HAT"
	LanguageCodeHau LanguageCode = "HAU"
	LanguageCodeHeb LanguageCode = "HEB"
	LanguageCodeHer LanguageCode = "HER"
	LanguageCodeHmo LanguageCode = "HMO"
	LanguageCodeHun LanguageCode = "HUN"
	LanguageCodeIsl LanguageCode = "ISL"
	LanguageCodeIdo LanguageCode = "IDO"
	LanguageCodeIbo LanguageCode = "IBO"
	LanguageCodeInd LanguageCode = "IND"
	LanguageCodeIna LanguageCode = "INA"
	LanguageCodeIle LanguageCode = "ILE"
	LanguageCodeIku LanguageCode = "IKU"
	LanguageCodeIpk LanguageCode = "IPK"
	LanguageCodeGle LanguageCode = "GLE"
	LanguageCodeJav LanguageCode = "JAV"
	LanguageCodeKal LanguageCode = "KAL"
	LanguageCodeKan LanguageCode = "KAN"
	LanguageCodeKau LanguageCode = "KAU"
	LanguageCodeKas LanguageCode = "KAS"
	LanguageCodeKaz LanguageCode = "KAZ"
	LanguageCodeKik LanguageCode = "KIK"
	LanguageCodeKin LanguageCode = "KIN"
	LanguageCodeKir LanguageCode = "KIR"
	LanguageCodeKom LanguageCode = "KOM"
	LanguageCodeKon LanguageCode = "KON"
	LanguageCodeKua LanguageCode = "KUA"
	LanguageCodeKur LanguageCode = "KUR"
	LanguageCodeLao LanguageCode = "LAO"
	LanguageCodeLat LanguageCode = "LAT"
	LanguageCodeLav LanguageCode = "LAV"
	LanguageCodeLim LanguageCode = "LIM"
	LanguageCodeLin LanguageCode = "LIN"
	LanguageCodeLit LanguageCode = "LIT"
	LanguageCodeLub LanguageCode = "LUB"
	LanguageCodeLtz LanguageCode = "LTZ"
	LanguageCodeMkd LanguageCode = "MKD"
	LanguageCodeMlg LanguageCode = "MLG"
	LanguageCodeMsa LanguageCode = "MSA"
	LanguageCodeMal LanguageCode = "MAL"
	LanguageCodeMlt LanguageCode = "MLT"
	LanguageCodeGlv LanguageCode = "GLV"
	LanguageCodeMri LanguageCode = "MRI"
	LanguageCodeMar LanguageCode = "MAR"
	LanguageCodeMah LanguageCode = "MAH"
	LanguageCodeMon LanguageCode = "MON"
	LanguageCodeNau LanguageCode = "NAU"
	LanguageCodeNav LanguageCode = "NAV"
	LanguageCodeNde LanguageCode = "NDE"
	LanguageCodeNbl LanguageCode = "NBL"
	LanguageCodeNdo LanguageCode = "NDO"
	LanguageCodeNep LanguageCode = "NEP"
	LanguageCodeSme LanguageCode = "SME"
	LanguageCodeNor LanguageCode = "NOR"
	LanguageCodeNob LanguageCode = "NOB"
	LanguageCodeNno LanguageCode = "NNO"
	LanguageCodeOci LanguageCode = "OCI"
	LanguageCodeOji LanguageCode = "OJI"
	LanguageCodeOri LanguageCode = "ORI"
	LanguageCodeOrm LanguageCode = "ORM"
	LanguageCodeOss LanguageCode = "OSS"
	LanguageCodePli LanguageCode = "PLI"
	LanguageCodeFas LanguageCode = "FAS"
	LanguageCodePol LanguageCode = "POL"
	LanguageCodePus LanguageCode = "PUS"
	LanguageCodeQue LanguageCode = "QUE"
	LanguageCodeQaa LanguageCode = "QAA"
	LanguageCodeRon LanguageCode = "RON"
	LanguageCodeRoh LanguageCode = "ROH"
	LanguageCodeRun LanguageCode = "RUN"
	LanguageCodeSmo LanguageCode = "SMO"
	LanguageCodeSag LanguageCode = "SAG"
	LanguageCodeSan LanguageCode = "SAN"
	LanguageCodeSrd LanguageCode = "SRD"
	LanguageCodeSrb LanguageCode = "SRB"
	LanguageCodeSna LanguageCode = "SNA"
	LanguageCodeIii LanguageCode = "III"
	LanguageCodeSnd LanguageCode = "SND"
	LanguageCodeSin LanguageCode = "SIN"
	LanguageCodeSlk LanguageCode = "SLK"
	LanguageCodeSlv LanguageCode = "SLV"
	LanguageCodeSom LanguageCode = "SOM"
	LanguageCodeSot LanguageCode = "SOT"
	LanguageCodeSun LanguageCode = "SUN"
	LanguageCodeSwa LanguageCode = "SWA"
	LanguageCodeSsw LanguageCode = "SSW"
	LanguageCodeSwe LanguageCode = "SWE"
	LanguageCodeTgl LanguageCode = "TGL"
	LanguageCodeTah LanguageCode = "TAH"
	LanguageCodeTgk LanguageCode = "TGK"
	LanguageCodeTam LanguageCode = "TAM"
	LanguageCodeTat LanguageCode = "TAT"
	LanguageCodeTel LanguageCode = "TEL"
	LanguageCodeTha LanguageCode = "THA"
	LanguageCodeBod LanguageCode = "BOD"
	LanguageCodeTir LanguageCode = "TIR"
	LanguageCodeTon LanguageCode = "TON"
	LanguageCodeTso LanguageCode = "TSO"
	LanguageCodeTsn LanguageCode = "TSN"
	LanguageCodeTur LanguageCode = "TUR"
	LanguageCodeTuk LanguageCode = "TUK"
	LanguageCodeTwi LanguageCode = "TWI"
	LanguageCodeUig LanguageCode = "UIG"
	LanguageCodeUkr LanguageCode = "UKR"
	LanguageCodeUzb LanguageCode = "UZB"
	LanguageCodeVen LanguageCode = "VEN"
	LanguageCodeVol LanguageCode = "VOL"
	LanguageCodeWln LanguageCode = "WLN"
	LanguageCodeCym LanguageCode = "CYM"
	LanguageCodeFry LanguageCode = "FRY"
	LanguageCodeWol LanguageCode = "WOL"
	LanguageCodeXho LanguageCode = "XHO"
	LanguageCodeYid LanguageCode = "YID"
	LanguageCodeYor LanguageCode = "YOR"
	LanguageCodeZha LanguageCode = "ZHA"
	LanguageCodeZul LanguageCode = "ZUL"
	LanguageCodeOrj LanguageCode = "ORJ"
	LanguageCodeQpc LanguageCode = "QPC"
	LanguageCodeTng LanguageCode = "TNG"
)

Enum values for LanguageCode

func (LanguageCode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum LanguageCode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (LanguageCode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum LanguageCode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ListJobTemplatesInput 

type ListJobTemplatesInput struct {

	// Optionally, specify a job template category to limit responses to only job
	// templates from that category.
	Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list
	// them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
	// specify, the service will list them by name.
	ListBy JobTemplateListBy `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Optional. Number of job templates, up to twenty, that will be returned at
	// one time.
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of job templates.
	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they
	// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
	Order Order `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You can send list job templates requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter the response by category by specifying it in your request body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of job templates to be returned.

func (ListJobTemplatesInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListJobTemplatesInput) String 

func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListJobTemplatesInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListJobTemplatesOutput 

type ListJobTemplatesOutput struct {

	// List of Job templates.
	JobTemplates []JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplates" type:"list"`

	// Use this string to request the next batch of job templates.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful list job templates requests return a JSON array of job templates. If you don't specify how they are ordered, you will receive them in alphabetical order by name.

func (ListJobTemplatesOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListJobTemplatesOutput) String 

func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListJobTemplatesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type ListJobTemplatesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListJobTemplatesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListJobTemplatesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewListJobTemplatesPaginator(req ListJobTemplatesRequest) ListJobTemplatesPaginator

NewListJobTemplatesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListJobTemplates. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListJobTemplatesRequest(input)
p := mediaconvert.NewListJobTemplatesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListJobTemplatesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *ListJobTemplatesPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListJobTemplatesOutput

type ListJobTemplatesRequest 

type ListJobTemplatesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListJobTemplatesInput
	Copy  func(*ListJobTemplatesInput) ListJobTemplatesRequest
}

ListJobTemplatesRequest is the request type for the ListJobTemplates API operation.

func (ListJobTemplatesRequest) Send 

func (r ListJobTemplatesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListJobTemplatesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListJobTemplates API request.

type ListJobTemplatesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListJobTemplatesResponse struct {
	*ListJobTemplatesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListJobTemplatesResponse is the response type for the ListJobTemplates API operation.

func (*ListJobTemplatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListJobTemplatesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListJobTemplates request.

type ListJobsInput 

type ListJobsInput struct {

	// Optional. Number of jobs, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time.
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of jobs.
	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they
	// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
	Order Order `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Provide a queue name to get back only jobs from that queue.
	Queue *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.
	Status JobStatus `location:"querystring" locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You can send list jobs requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter the response by queue and/or job status by specifying them in your request body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of jobs to be returned.

func (ListJobsInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ListJobsInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListJobsInput) String 

func (s ListJobsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListJobsInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ListJobsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListJobsOutput 

type ListJobsOutput struct {

	// List of jobs
	Jobs []Job `locationName:"jobs" type:"list"`

	// Use this string to request the next batch of jobs.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful list jobs requests return a JSON array of jobs. If you don't specify how they are ordered, you will receive the most recently created first.

func (ListJobsOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ListJobsOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListJobsOutput) String 

func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListJobsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type ListJobsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListJobsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListJobsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewListJobsPaginator(req ListJobsRequest) ListJobsPaginator

NewListJobsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListJobs. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListJobsRequest(input)
p := mediaconvert.NewListJobsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListJobsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *ListJobsPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListJobsOutput

type ListJobsRequest 

type ListJobsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListJobsInput
	Copy  func(*ListJobsInput) ListJobsRequest
}

ListJobsRequest is the request type for the ListJobs API operation.

func (ListJobsRequest) Send 

func (r ListJobsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListJobsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListJobs API request.

type ListJobsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListJobsResponse struct {
	*ListJobsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListJobsResponse is the response type for the ListJobs API operation.

func (*ListJobsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListJobsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListJobs request.

type ListPresetsInput 

type ListPresetsInput struct {

	// Optionally, specify a preset category to limit responses to only presets
	// from that category.
	Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them
	// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
	// specify, the service will list them by name.
	ListBy PresetListBy `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Optional. Number of presets, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of presets.
	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they
	// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
	Order Order `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You can send list presets requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter the response by category by specifying it in your request body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to be returned.

func (ListPresetsInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ListPresetsInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListPresetsInput) String 

func (s ListPresetsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListPresetsInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ListPresetsInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListPresetsOutput 

type ListPresetsOutput struct {

	// Use this string to request the next batch of presets.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// List of presets
	Presets []Preset `locationName:"presets" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful list presets requests return a JSON array of presets. If you don't specify how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by name.

func (ListPresetsOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ListPresetsOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListPresetsOutput) String 

func (s ListPresetsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListPresetsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type ListPresetsPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListPresetsPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListPresetsPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewListPresetsPaginator(req ListPresetsRequest) ListPresetsPaginator

NewListPresetsRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListPresets. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListPresetsRequest(input)
p := mediaconvert.NewListPresetsRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListPresetsPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *ListPresetsPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListPresetsOutput

type ListPresetsRequest 

type ListPresetsRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListPresetsInput
	Copy  func(*ListPresetsInput) ListPresetsRequest
}

ListPresetsRequest is the request type for the ListPresets API operation.

func (ListPresetsRequest) Send 

func (r ListPresetsRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListPresetsResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListPresets API request.

type ListPresetsResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListPresetsResponse struct {
	*ListPresetsOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListPresetsResponse is the response type for the ListPresets API operation.

func (*ListPresetsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListPresetsResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListPresets request.

type ListQueuesInput 

type ListQueuesInput struct {

	// Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them
	// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't
	// specify, the service will list them by creation date.
	ListBy QueueListBy `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Optional. Number of queues, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time.
	MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
	// the next batch of queues.
	NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they
	// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.
	Order Order `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You can send list queues requests with an empty body. You can optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to be returned.

func (ListQueuesInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ListQueuesInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListQueuesInput) String 

func (s ListQueuesInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListQueuesInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ListQueuesInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListQueuesOutput 

type ListQueuesOutput struct {

	// Use this string to request the next batch of queues.
	NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`

	// List of queues.
	Queues []Queue `locationName:"queues" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful list queues requests return a JSON array of queues. If you don't specify how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by name.

func (ListQueuesOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ListQueuesOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListQueuesOutput) String 

func (s ListQueuesOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListQueuesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

type ListQueuesPaginator struct {
	aws.Pager
}

ListQueuesPaginator is used to paginate the request. This can be done by calling Next and CurrentPage.

func NewListQueuesPaginator added in v0.9.0 

func NewListQueuesPaginator(req ListQueuesRequest) ListQueuesPaginator

NewListQueuesRequestPaginator returns a paginator for ListQueues. Use Next method to get the next page, and CurrentPage to get the current response page from the paginator. Next will return false, if there are no more pages, or an error was encountered.

Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 

// Example iterating over pages.
req := client.ListQueuesRequest(input)
p := mediaconvert.NewListQueuesRequestPaginator(req)

for p.Next(context.TODO()) {
    page := p.CurrentPage()
}

if err := p.Err(); err != nil {
    return err
}

func (*ListQueuesPaginator) CurrentPage added in v0.9.0 

func (p *ListQueuesPaginator) CurrentPage() *ListQueuesOutput

type ListQueuesRequest 

type ListQueuesRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListQueuesInput
	Copy  func(*ListQueuesInput) ListQueuesRequest
}

ListQueuesRequest is the request type for the ListQueues API operation.

func (ListQueuesRequest) Send 

func (r ListQueuesRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListQueuesResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListQueues API request.

type ListQueuesResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListQueuesResponse struct {
	*ListQueuesOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListQueuesResponse is the response type for the ListQueues API operation.

func (*ListQueuesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListQueuesResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListQueues request.

type ListTagsForResourceInput added in v0.5.0 

type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to list tags
	// for. To get the ARN, send a GET request with the resource name.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

List the tags for your AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource by sending a request with the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. To get the ARN, send a GET request with the resource name.

func (ListTagsForResourceInput) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListTagsForResourceInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ListTagsForResourceOutput added in v0.5.0 

type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and tags for an AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// resource.
	ResourceTags *ResourceTags `locationName:"resourceTags" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A successful request to list the tags for a resource returns a JSON map of tags.

func (ListTagsForResourceOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ListTagsForResourceOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ListTagsForResourceRequest added in v0.5.0 

type ListTagsForResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *ListTagsForResourceInput
	Copy  func(*ListTagsForResourceInput) ListTagsForResourceRequest
}

ListTagsForResourceRequest is the request type for the ListTagsForResource API operation.

func (ListTagsForResourceRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r ListTagsForResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*ListTagsForResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the ListTagsForResource API request.

type ListTagsForResourceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type ListTagsForResourceResponse struct {
	*ListTagsForResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListTagsForResourceResponse is the response type for the ListTagsForResource API operation.

func (*ListTagsForResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *ListTagsForResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the ListTagsForResource request.

type M2tsAudioBufferModel 

type M2tsAudioBufferModel string

Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio. 

const (
	M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb  M2tsAudioBufferModel = "DVB"
	M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc M2tsAudioBufferModel = "ATSC"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioBufferModel

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsAudioBufferModel) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsAudioBufferModel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsBufferModel 

type M2tsBufferModel string

Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX, use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency, but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. 

const (
	M2tsBufferModelMultiplex M2tsBufferModel = "MULTIPLEX"
	M2tsBufferModelNone      M2tsBufferModel = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsBufferModel

func (M2tsBufferModel) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsBufferModel) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsBufferModel) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsBufferModel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsEbpAudioInterval 

type M2tsEbpAudioInterval string

When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or EBP_LEGACY). 

const (
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval          M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval

func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsEbpAudioInterval) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsEbpAudioInterval) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsEbpPlacement 

type M2tsEbpPlacement string

Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or EBP_LEGACY). 

const (
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid          M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_PID"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpPlacement

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsEbpPlacement) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsEbpPlacement) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsEsRateInPes 

type M2tsEsRateInPes string

Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header. 

const (
	M2tsEsRateInPesInclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "INCLUDE"
	M2tsEsRateInPesExclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for M2tsEsRateInPes

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsEsRateInPes) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsEsRateInPes) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder added in v0.8.0 

type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder string

Keep the default value (DEFAULT) unless you know that your audio EBP markers are incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem, set this value to Force (FORCE). 

const (
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce   M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "FORCE"
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "DEFAULT"
)

Enum values for M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

func (M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) MarshalValue added in v0.8.0 

func (enum M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.8.0 

func (enum M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsNielsenId3 added in v0.3.0 

type M2tsNielsenId3 string

If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. 

const (
	M2tsNielsenId3Insert M2tsNielsenId3 = "INSERT"
	M2tsNielsenId3None   M2tsNielsenId3 = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsNielsenId3

func (M2tsNielsenId3) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsNielsenId3) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsNielsenId3) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsNielsenId3) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsPcrControl 

type M2tsPcrControl string

When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 

const (
	M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M2tsPcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
	M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M2tsPcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

Enum values for M2tsPcrControl

func (M2tsPcrControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsPcrControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsPcrControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsPcrControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsRateMode 

type M2tsRateMode string

When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate. 

const (
	M2tsRateModeVbr M2tsRateMode = "VBR"
	M2tsRateModeCbr M2tsRateMode = "CBR"
)

Enum values for M2tsRateMode

func (M2tsRateMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsRateMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsRateMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsRateMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsScte35Esam added in v0.8.0 

type M2tsScte35Esam struct {

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream generated
	// by ESAM.
	Scte35EsamPid *int64 `locationName:"scte35EsamPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for SCTE-35 signals from ESAM. Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).

func (M2tsScte35Esam) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s M2tsScte35Esam) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (M2tsScte35Esam) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s M2tsScte35Esam) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*M2tsScte35Esam) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *M2tsScte35Esam) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type M2tsScte35Source 

type M2tsScte35Source string

For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE). Also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml). Also enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the property scte35Esam). 

const (
	M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough M2tsScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M2tsScte35SourceNone        M2tsScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsScte35Source

func (M2tsScte35Source) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsScte35Source) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsScte35Source) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsScte35Source) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers 

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers string

Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. 

const (
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone        M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "NONE"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt    M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_ADAPT"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "PSI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp         M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy   M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP_LEGACY"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsSegmentationMarkers) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsSegmentationMarkers) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsSegmentationStyle 

type M2tsSegmentationStyle string

The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule. 

const (
	M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"
	M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence    M2tsSegmentationStyle = "RESET_CADENCE"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationStyle

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsSegmentationStyle) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M2tsSegmentationStyle) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M2tsSettings 

type M2tsSettings struct {

	// Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio.
	AudioBufferModel M2tsAudioBufferModel `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for any elementary audio streams you
	// include in this output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is
	// the range 482-492.
	AudioPids []int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"`

	// Specify the output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting
	// to 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other
	// common values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"`

	// Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX,
	// use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency,
	// but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions.
	BufferModel M2tsBufferModel `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition
	// interval.
	DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for DVB subtitle data included in this
	// output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the range 460-479.
	DvbSubPids []int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"`

	// Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.
	DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for DVB teletext data you include in
	// this output. Default is 499.
	DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to
	// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be
	// fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When
	// set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only
	// applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers
	// is EBP or EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpAudioInterval M2tsEbpAudioInterval `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only
	// on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable
	// when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP
	// or EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpPlacement M2tsEbpPlacement `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header.
	EsRateInPes M2tsEsRateInPes `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Keep the default value (DEFAULT) unless you know that your audio EBP markers
	// are incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this
	// problem, set this value to Force (FORCE).
	ForceTsVideoEbpOrder M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder `locationName:"forceTsVideoEbpOrder" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The length, in seconds, of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
	FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"`

	// Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References
	// (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
	MaxPcrInterval *int64 `locationName:"maxPcrInterval" type:"integer"`

	// When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified
	// time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP
	// is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is
	// not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead
	// value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured
	// elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate.
	MinEbpInterval *int64 `locationName:"minEbpInterval" type:"integer"`

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in
	// the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 M2tsNielsenId3 `locationName:"nielsenId3" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
	// stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
	// null packets.
	NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only
	// when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M2tsPcrControl `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program clock reference (PCR)
	// in this output. If you do not specify a value, the service will use the value
	// for Video PID (VideoPid).
	PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of milliseconds between instances of the program map table
	// (PMT) in the output transport stream.
	PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program map table (PMT) itself.
	// Default is 480.
	PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream. Default
	// is 503.
	PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Use Program number (programNumber) to specify the program number used in
	// the program map table (PMT) for this output. Default is 1. Program numbers
	// and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2 transport stream containers, used
	// for organizing data.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"`

	// When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified
	// bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate,
	// but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate.
	RateMode M2tsRateMode `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and
	// transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM
	// XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	Scte35Esam *M2tsScte35Esam `locationName:"scte35Esam" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport
	// stream.
	Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if
	// you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this
	// output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output.
	// For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE). Also
	// provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification
	// XML (sccXml). Also enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the property scte35Esam).
	Scte35Source M2tsScte35Source `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart
	// sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets
	// the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart
	// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
	// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
	// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information
	// to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
	SegmentationMarkers M2tsSegmentationMarkers `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
	// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may
	// be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.
	// When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means
	// the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds.
	// When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment
	// is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence.
	// This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However,
	// all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds.
	// Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.
	SegmentationStyle M2tsSegmentationStyle `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the length, in seconds, of each segment. Required unless markers
	// is set to _none_.
	SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for timed metadata in this output. Default
	// is 502.
	TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the ID for the transport stream itself in the program map table for
	// this output. Transport stream IDs and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2
	// transport stream containers, used for organizing data.
	TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the
	// transport stream.
	VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the asset.

func (M2tsSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s M2tsSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (M2tsSettings) String 

func (s M2tsSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*M2tsSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type M3u8NielsenId3 added in v0.3.0 

type M3u8NielsenId3 string

If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output. 

const (
	M3u8NielsenId3Insert M3u8NielsenId3 = "INSERT"
	M3u8NielsenId3None   M3u8NielsenId3 = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M3u8NielsenId3

func (M3u8NielsenId3) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M3u8NielsenId3) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M3u8NielsenId3) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M3u8NielsenId3) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M3u8PcrControl 

type M3u8PcrControl string

When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 

const (
	M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M3u8PcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
	M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M3u8PcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

Enum values for M3u8PcrControl

func (M3u8PcrControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M3u8PcrControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M3u8PcrControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M3u8PcrControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M3u8Scte35Source 

type M3u8Scte35Source string

For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE) if you don't want manifest conditioning. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) and choose Ad markers (adMarkers) if you do want manifest conditioning. In both cases, also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml). 

const (
	M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough M3u8Scte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M3u8Scte35SourceNone        M3u8Scte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M3u8Scte35Source

func (M3u8Scte35Source) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M3u8Scte35Source) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (M3u8Scte35Source) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum M3u8Scte35Source) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type M3u8Settings 

type M3u8Settings struct {

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or
	// by comma separation.
	AudioPids []int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"`

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in
	// the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 M3u8NielsenId3 `locationName:"nielsenId3" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"`

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M3u8PcrControl `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as
	// the Video PID.
	PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport
	// stream.
	PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream.
	PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream.
	Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if
	// you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this
	// output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output.
	// For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE) if you
	// don't want manifest conditioning. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) and choose
	// Ad markers (adMarkers) if you do want manifest conditioning. In both cases,
	// also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification
	// XML (sccXml).
	Scte35Source M3u8Scte35Source `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Applies only to HLS outputs. Use this setting to specify whether the service
	// inserts the ID3 timed metadata from the input in this output.
	TimedMetadata TimedMetadata `locationName:"timedMetadata" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream.
	TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"`

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" min:"32" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for TS segments in HLS

func (M3u8Settings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s M3u8Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (M3u8Settings) String 

func (s M3u8Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*M3u8Settings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *M3u8Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MotionImageInserter added in v0.6.0 

type MotionImageInserter struct {

	// If your motion graphic asset is a .mov file, keep this setting unspecified.
	// If your motion graphic asset is a series of .png files, specify the frame
	// rate of the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify
	// 24 fps as 24/1. Make sure that the number of images in your series matches
	// the frame rate and your intended overlay duration. For example, if you want
	// a 30-second overlay at 30 fps, you should have 900 .png images. This overlay
	// frame rate doesn't need to match the frame rate of the underlying video.
	Framerate *MotionImageInsertionFramerate `locationName:"framerate" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the .mov file or series of .png files that you want to overlay on
	// your video. For .png files, provide the file name of the first file in the
	// series. Make sure that the names of the .png files end with sequential numbers
	// that specify the order that they are played in. For example, overlay_000.png,
	// overlay_001.png, overlay_002.png, and so on. The sequence must start at zero,
	// and each image file name must have the same number of digits. Pad your initial
	// file names with enough zeros to complete the sequence. For example, if the
	// first image is overlay_0.png, there can be only 10 images in the sequence,
	// with the last image being overlay_9.png. But if the first image is overlay_00.png,
	// there can be 100 images in the sequence.
	Input *string `locationName:"input" min:"14" type:"string"`

	// Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your overlay.
	// You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files.
	InsertionMode MotionImageInsertionMode `locationName:"insertionMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Offset to specify the placement of your motion graphic overlay on the
	// video frame. Specify in pixels, from the upper-left corner of the frame.
	// If you don't specify an offset, the service scales your overlay to the full
	// size of the frame. Otherwise, the service inserts the overlay at its native
	// resolution and scales the size up or down with any video scaling.
	Offset *MotionImageInsertionOffset `locationName:"offset" type:"structure"`

	// Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only
	// once.
	Playback MotionImagePlayback `locationName:"playback" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify when the motion overlay begins. Use timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF
	// or HH:MM:SS;FF). Make sure that the timecode you provide here takes into
	// account how you have set up your timecode configuration under both job settings
	// and input settings. The simplest way to do that is to set both to start at
	// 0. If you need to set up your job to follow timecodes embedded in your source
	// that don't start at zero, make sure that you specify a start time that is
	// after the first embedded timecode. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/setting-up-timecode.html
	// Find job-wide and input timecode configuration settings in your JSON job
	// settings specification at settings>timecodeConfig>source and settings>inputs>timecodeSource.
	StartTime *string `locationName:"startTime" min:"11" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Overlay motion graphics on top of your video at the time that you specify.

func (MotionImageInserter) MarshalFields added in v0.6.0 

func (s MotionImageInserter) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (MotionImageInserter) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s MotionImageInserter) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MotionImageInserter) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *MotionImageInserter) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MotionImageInsertionFramerate added in v0.6.0 

type MotionImageInsertionFramerate struct {

	// The bottom of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example,
	// if your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 1.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The top of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example,
	// if your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 24.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

For motion overlays that don't have a built-in frame rate, specify the frame rate of the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as 24/1. The overlay frame rate doesn't need to match the frame rate of the underlying video.

func (MotionImageInsertionFramerate) MarshalFields added in v0.6.0 

func (s MotionImageInsertionFramerate) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (MotionImageInsertionFramerate) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s MotionImageInsertionFramerate) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MotionImageInsertionFramerate) Validate added in v0.6.0 

func (s *MotionImageInsertionFramerate) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MotionImageInsertionMode added in v0.6.0 

type MotionImageInsertionMode string

Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your overlay. You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files. 

const (
	MotionImageInsertionModeMov MotionImageInsertionMode = "MOV"
	MotionImageInsertionModePng MotionImageInsertionMode = "PNG"
)

Enum values for MotionImageInsertionMode

func (MotionImageInsertionMode) MarshalValue added in v0.6.0 

func (enum MotionImageInsertionMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MotionImageInsertionMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.6.0 

func (enum MotionImageInsertionMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MotionImageInsertionOffset added in v0.6.0 

type MotionImageInsertionOffset struct {

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the left edge of the
	// video frame.
	ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"`

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the top edge of the
	// video frame.
	ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the offset between the upper-left corner of the video frame and the top left corner of the overlay.

func (MotionImageInsertionOffset) MarshalFields added in v0.6.0 

func (s MotionImageInsertionOffset) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (MotionImageInsertionOffset) String added in v0.6.0 

func (s MotionImageInsertionOffset) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MotionImagePlayback added in v0.6.0 

type MotionImagePlayback string

Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only once. 

const (
	MotionImagePlaybackOnce   MotionImagePlayback = "ONCE"
	MotionImagePlaybackRepeat MotionImagePlayback = "REPEAT"
)

Enum values for MotionImagePlayback

func (MotionImagePlayback) MarshalValue added in v0.6.0 

func (enum MotionImagePlayback) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MotionImagePlayback) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.6.0 

func (enum MotionImagePlayback) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MovClapAtom 

type MovClapAtom string

When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings. 

const (
	MovClapAtomInclude MovClapAtom = "INCLUDE"
	MovClapAtomExclude MovClapAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MovClapAtom

func (MovClapAtom) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovClapAtom) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MovClapAtom) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovClapAtom) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MovCslgAtom 

type MovCslgAtom string

When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. 

const (
	MovCslgAtomInclude MovCslgAtom = "INCLUDE"
	MovCslgAtomExclude MovCslgAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MovCslgAtom

func (MovCslgAtom) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovCslgAtom) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MovCslgAtom) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovCslgAtom) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MovMpeg2FourCCControl 

type MovMpeg2FourCCControl string

When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the video codec is MPEG2. 

const (
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "XDCAM"
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg  MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "MPEG"
)

Enum values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl

func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovMpeg2FourCCControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovMpeg2FourCCControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MovPaddingControl 

type MovPaddingControl string

If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding 

const (
	MovPaddingControlOmneon MovPaddingControl = "OMNEON"
	MovPaddingControlNone   MovPaddingControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MovPaddingControl

func (MovPaddingControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovPaddingControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MovPaddingControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovPaddingControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MovReference 

type MovReference string

Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting. 

const (
	MovReferenceSelfContained MovReference = "SELF_CONTAINED"
	MovReferenceExternal      MovReference = "EXTERNAL"
)

Enum values for MovReference

func (MovReference) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovReference) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MovReference) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MovReference) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MovSettings 

type MovSettings struct {

	// When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings.
	ClapAtom MovClapAtom `locationName:"clapAtom" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times
	// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative,
	// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per
	// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom MovCslgAtom `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using
	// XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players,
	// but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the
	// video codec is MPEG2.
	Mpeg2FourCCControl MovMpeg2FourCCControl `locationName:"mpeg2FourCCControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding
	PaddingControl MovPaddingControl `locationName:"paddingControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting.
	Reference MovReference `locationName:"reference" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for MOV Container.

func (MovSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s MovSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (MovSettings) String 

func (s MovSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Mp2Settings 

type Mp2Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"32000" type:"integer"`

	// Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track.
	// Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo
	// will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Sample rate in hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"32000" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value MP2.

func (Mp2Settings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Mp2Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Mp2Settings) String 

func (s Mp2Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Mp2Settings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *Mp2Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Mp4CslgAtom 

type Mp4CslgAtom string

When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. 

const (
	Mp4CslgAtomInclude Mp4CslgAtom = "INCLUDE"
	Mp4CslgAtomExclude Mp4CslgAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for Mp4CslgAtom

func (Mp4CslgAtom) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mp4CslgAtom) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mp4CslgAtom) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mp4CslgAtom) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mp4FreeSpaceBox 

type Mp4FreeSpaceBox string

Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box. 

const (
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "INCLUDE"
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox

func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mp4FreeSpaceBox) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mp4FreeSpaceBox) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mp4MoovPlacement 

type Mp4MoovPlacement string

If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed normally at the end. 

const (
	Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload Mp4MoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"
	Mp4MoovPlacementNormal              Mp4MoovPlacement = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for Mp4MoovPlacement

func (Mp4MoovPlacement) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mp4MoovPlacement) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mp4MoovPlacement) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mp4MoovPlacement) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mp4Settings 

type Mp4Settings struct {

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times
	// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative,
	// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per
	// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom Mp4CslgAtom `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box.
	FreeSpaceBox Mp4FreeSpaceBox `locationName:"freeSpaceBox" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning
	// of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed
	// normally at the end.
	MoovPlacement Mp4MoovPlacement `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary
	// to specify.
	Mp4MajorBrand *string `locationName:"mp4MajorBrand" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for MP4 container. You can create audio-only AAC outputs with this container.

func (Mp4Settings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Mp4Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Mp4Settings) String 

func (s Mp4Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization string

Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality. 

const (
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2CodecLevel 

type Mpeg2CodecLevel string

Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output. 

const (
	Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelLow      Mpeg2CodecLevel = "LOW"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelMain     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "MAIN"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH1440"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2CodecLevel

func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2CodecLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2CodecLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2CodecProfile 

type Mpeg2CodecProfile string

Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output. 

const (
	Mpeg2CodecProfileMain       Mpeg2CodecProfile = "MAIN"
	Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 Mpeg2CodecProfile = "PROFILE_422"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2CodecProfile

func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2CodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2CodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop added in v0.5.0 

type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop string

Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames). 

const (
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic   Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

func (Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2FramerateControl 

type Mpeg2FramerateControl string

If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. 

const (
	Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified            Mpeg2FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateControl

func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2FramerateControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2FramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm string

When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion. 

const (
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits 

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits string

Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. 

const (
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames  Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2InterlaceMode 

type Mpeg2InterlaceMode string

Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose. 

const (
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive       Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField          Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField       Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField    Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode

func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2InterlaceMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2InterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision 

type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision string

Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio. 

const (
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto               Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8  Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9  Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2ParControl 

type Mpeg2ParControl string

Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. 

const (
	Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Mpeg2ParControlSpecified            Mpeg2ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ParControl

func (Mpeg2ParControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2ParControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2ParControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2ParControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel 

type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel string

Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use single-pass or multipass video encoding. 

const (
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass  Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2RateControlMode 

type Mpeg2RateControlMode string

Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr). 

const (
	Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "VBR"
	Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "CBR"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2RateControlMode

func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2RateControlMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2RateControlMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect 

type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect string

Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. 

const (
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled  Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2Settings 

type Mpeg2Settings struct {

	// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual
	// quality.
	AdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR.
	// For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
	CodecLevel Mpeg2CodecLevel `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
	CodecProfile Mpeg2CodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information
	// based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames
	// for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the
	// value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop Mpeg2DynamicSubGop `locationName:"dynamicSubGop" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding
	// job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl
	// to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output.
	// Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate
	// from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame
	// rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Mpeg2FramerateControl `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Frame rate denominator.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Frame rate numerator - frame rate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976
	// fps.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"24" type:"integer"`

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"`

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than
	// zero.
	GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"`

	// Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If
	// seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.
	GopSizeUnits Mpeg2GopSizeUnits `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"`

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits
	// as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"`

	// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output.
	// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce
	// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top
	// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default
	// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore,
	// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the
	// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow
	// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and
	// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending
	// on which of the Follow options you chose.
	InterlaceMode Mpeg2InterlaceMode `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision
	// for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service
	// will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression
	// ratio.
	IntraDcPrecision Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision `locationName:"intraDcPrecision" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second
	// as 5000000.
	MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"`

	// Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted
	// by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval
	// frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene
	// change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting
	// I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is
	// only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch
	// = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1
	MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"`

	// Number of B-frames between reference frames.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"`

	// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the
	// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing
	// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.
	ParControl Mpeg2ParControl `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to
	// use single-pass or multipass video encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate
	// is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr).
	RateControlMode Mpeg2RateControlMode `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	SceneChangeDetect Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled
	// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.
	SlowPal Mpeg2SlowPal `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content
	// in the encoded image.
	Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"`

	// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content
	// complexity.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001).
	Syntax Mpeg2Syntax `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970.
	// Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from
	// a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave
	// converstion to the player.
	Telecine Mpeg2Telecine `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content
	// complexity.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value MPEG2.

func (Mpeg2Settings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Mpeg2Settings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Mpeg2Settings) String 

func (s Mpeg2Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Mpeg2Settings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *Mpeg2Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Mpeg2SlowPal 

type Mpeg2SlowPal string

Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 

const (
	Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled Mpeg2SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled  Mpeg2SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SlowPal

func (Mpeg2SlowPal) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2SlowPal) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2SlowPal) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string

Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. 

const (
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2Syntax 

type Mpeg2Syntax string

Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001). 

const (
	Mpeg2SyntaxDefault Mpeg2Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	Mpeg2SyntaxD10     Mpeg2Syntax = "D_10"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2Syntax

func (Mpeg2Syntax) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2Syntax) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2Syntax) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2Syntax) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2Telecine 

type Mpeg2Telecine string

Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave converstion to the player. 

const (
	Mpeg2TelecineNone Mpeg2Telecine = "NONE"
	Mpeg2TelecineSoft Mpeg2Telecine = "SOFT"
	Mpeg2TelecineHard Mpeg2Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2Telecine

func (Mpeg2Telecine) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2Telecine) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2Telecine) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2Telecine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string

Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. 

const (
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication 

type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication string

COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream. 

const (
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS"
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone                    MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings 

type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct {

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.

func (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) String 

func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type MsSmoothGroupSettings 

type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {

	// COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across
	// a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream.
	AudioDeduplication MsSmoothAudioDeduplication `locationName:"audioDeduplication" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify
	// the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input
	// file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the
	// first input file.
	Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify
	// the value SpekeKeyProvider.
	Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

	// Use Fragment length (FragmentLength) to specify the mp4 fragment sizes in
	// seconds. Fragment length must be compatible with GOP size and frame rate.
	FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding
	// format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
	ManifestEncoding MsSmoothManifestEncoding `locationName:"manifestEncoding" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS.

func (MsSmoothGroupSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (MsSmoothGroupSettings) String 

func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type MsSmoothManifestEncoding 

type MsSmoothManifestEncoding string

Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16. 

const (
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8  MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF8"
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF16"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding

func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MsSmoothManifestEncoding) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum MsSmoothManifestEncoding) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type NielsenConfiguration 

type NielsenConfiguration struct {

	// Nielsen has discontinued the use of breakout code functionality. If you must
	// include this property, set the value to zero.
	BreakoutCode *int64 `locationName:"breakoutCode" type:"integer"`

	// Use Distributor ID (DistributorID) to specify the distributor ID that is
	// assigned to your organization by Neilsen.
	DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the setting.

func (NielsenConfiguration) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s NielsenConfiguration) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (NielsenConfiguration) String 

func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NoiseReducer 

type NoiseReducer struct {

	// Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following
	// spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable
	// Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral preserves edges while reducing
	// noise. * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution
	// filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise reduction. * Spatial does frequency-domain
	// filtering based on JND principles. * Temporal optimizes video quality for
	// complex motion.
	Filter NoiseReducerFilter `locationName:"filter" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Settings for a noise reducer filter
	FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.
	SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings `locationName:"spatialFilterSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.
	TemporalFilterSettings *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer), you must also select a value for Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter).

func (NoiseReducer) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s NoiseReducer) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (NoiseReducer) String 

func (s NoiseReducer) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*NoiseReducer) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *NoiseReducer) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type NoiseReducerFilter 

type NoiseReducerFilter string

Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral preserves edges while reducing noise. * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise reduction. * Spatial does frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles. * Temporal optimizes video quality for complex motion. 

const (
	NoiseReducerFilterBilateral NoiseReducerFilter = "BILATERAL"
	NoiseReducerFilterMean      NoiseReducerFilter = "MEAN"
	NoiseReducerFilterGaussian  NoiseReducerFilter = "GAUSSIAN"
	NoiseReducerFilterLanczos   NoiseReducerFilter = "LANCZOS"
	NoiseReducerFilterSharpen   NoiseReducerFilter = "SHARPEN"
	NoiseReducerFilterConserve  NoiseReducerFilter = "CONSERVE"
	NoiseReducerFilterSpatial   NoiseReducerFilter = "SPATIAL"
	NoiseReducerFilterTemporal  NoiseReducerFilter = "TEMPORAL"
)

Enum values for NoiseReducerFilter

func (NoiseReducerFilter) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum NoiseReducerFilter) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (NoiseReducerFilter) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum NoiseReducerFilter) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type NoiseReducerFilterSettings 

type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct {

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a noise reducer filter

func (NoiseReducerFilterSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (NoiseReducerFilterSettings) String 

func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings 

type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct {

	// Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling
	// the filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength.
	PostFilterSharpenStrength *int64 `locationName:"postFilterSharpenStrength" type:"integer"`

	// The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with
	// 0 being the nominal value.
	Speed *int64 `locationName:"speed" type:"integer"`

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.

func (NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) String 

func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings added in v0.11.0 

type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings struct {

	// Use Aggressive mode for content that has complex motion. Higher values produce
	// stronger temporal filtering. This filters highly complex scenes more aggressively
	// and creates better VQ for low bitrate outputs.
	AggressiveMode *int64 `locationName:"aggressiveMode" type:"integer"`

	// The speed of the filter (higher number is faster). Low setting reduces bit
	// rate at the cost of transcode time, high setting improves transcode time
	// at the cost of bit rate.
	Speed *int64 `locationName:"speed" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the strength of the noise reducing filter on this output. Higher
	// values produce stronger filtering. We recommend the following value ranges,
	// depending on the result that you want: * 0-2 for complexity reduction with
	// minimal sharpness loss * 2-8 for complexity reduction with image preservation
	// * 8-16 for a high level of complexity reduction
	Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.

func (NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.11.0 

func (s NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) Validate added in v0.11.0 

func (s *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Order 

type Order string

When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. 

const (
	OrderAscending  Order = "ASCENDING"
	OrderDescending Order = "DESCENDING"
)

Enum values for Order

func (Order) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Order) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Order) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Order) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Output 

type Output struct {

	// (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized
	// by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions)
	// can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// (CaptionDescriptions) contains groups of captions settings. For each output
	// that has captions, include one instance of (CaptionDescriptions). (CaptionDescriptions)
	// can contain multiple groups of captions settings.
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use Extension (Extension) to specify the file extension for outputs in File
	// output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default
	// extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts *
	// Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * No Container,
	// the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, H265, AC3)
	Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"`

	// Use Name modifier (NameModifier) to have the service add a string to the
	// end of each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your
	// destination URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group,
	// Name modifier (NameModifier) is required. Name modifier also accepts format
	// identifiers. For DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$
	// or $Time$ in one output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs
	// of the output group.
	NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"`

	// Specific settings for this type of output.
	OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Use Preset (Preset) to specifiy a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide
	// the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset (Preset)
	// or Container settings (ContainerSettings), but not both.
	Preset *string `locationName:"preset" type:"string"`

	// (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific
	// video settings depend on the video codec that you choose when you specify
	// a value for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription)
	// per output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

An output object describes the settings for a single output file or stream in an output group.

func (Output) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Output) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Output) String 

func (s Output) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Output) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *Output) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OutputChannelMapping 

type OutputChannelMapping struct {

	// List of input channels
	InputChannels []int64 `locationName:"inputChannels" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OutputChannel mapping settings.

func (OutputChannelMapping) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s OutputChannelMapping) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (OutputChannelMapping) String 

func (s OutputChannelMapping) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OutputDetail 

type OutputDetail struct {

	// Duration in milliseconds
	DurationInMs *int64 `locationName:"durationInMs" type:"integer"`

	// Contains details about the output's video stream
	VideoDetails *VideoDetail `locationName:"videoDetails" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details regarding output

func (OutputDetail) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s OutputDetail) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (OutputDetail) String 

func (s OutputDetail) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OutputGroup 

type OutputGroup struct {

	// Use Custom Group Name (CustomName) to specify a name for the output group.
	// This value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON
	// more human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters
	// that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores.
	CustomName *string `locationName:"customName" type:"string"`

	// Name of the output group
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"`

	// Output Group settings, including type
	OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per
	// output.
	Outputs []Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Group of outputs

func (OutputGroup) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s OutputGroup) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (OutputGroup) String 

func (s OutputGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OutputGroup) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *OutputGroup) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OutputGroupDetail 

type OutputGroupDetail struct {

	// Details about the output
	OutputDetails []OutputDetail `locationName:"outputDetails" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings.

func (OutputGroupDetail) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s OutputGroupDetail) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (OutputGroupDetail) String 

func (s OutputGroupDetail) String() string

String returns the string representation

type OutputGroupSettings 

type OutputGroupSettings struct {

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS. Each output in a CMAF Output Group may only contain
	// a single video, audio, or caption output.
	CmafGroupSettings *CmafGroupSettings `locationName:"cmafGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings `locationName:"dashIsoGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings `locationName:"fileGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to
	// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming,
	// CMAF)
	Type OutputGroupType `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output Group settings, including type

func (OutputGroupSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s OutputGroupSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (OutputGroupSettings) String 

func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*OutputGroupSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *OutputGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type OutputGroupType 

type OutputGroupType string

Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming, CMAF) 

const (
	OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings      OutputGroupType = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings  OutputGroupType = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings     OutputGroupType = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings OutputGroupType = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings     OutputGroupType = "CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS"
)

Enum values for OutputGroupType

func (OutputGroupType) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum OutputGroupType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (OutputGroupType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum OutputGroupType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type OutputSdt 

type OutputSdt string

Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information. 

const (
	OutputSdtSdtFollow          OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW"
	OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"
	OutputSdtSdtManual          OutputSdt = "SDT_MANUAL"
	OutputSdtSdtNone            OutputSdt = "SDT_NONE"
)

Enum values for OutputSdt

func (OutputSdt) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum OutputSdt) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (OutputSdt) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum OutputSdt) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type OutputSettings 

type OutputSettings struct {

	// Settings for HLS output groups
	HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specific settings for this type of output.

func (OutputSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s OutputSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (OutputSettings) String 

func (s OutputSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Preset 

type Preset struct {

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// An optional category you create to organize your presets.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// An optional description you create for each preset.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings for preset
	//
	// Settings is a required field
	Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

	// A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset
	// can't be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type Type `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.

func (Preset) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Preset) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Preset) String 

func (s Preset) String() string

String returns the string representation

type PresetListBy 

type PresetListBy string

Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by name. 

const (
	PresetListByName         PresetListBy = "NAME"
	PresetListByCreationDate PresetListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
	PresetListBySystem       PresetListBy = "SYSTEM"
)

Enum values for PresetListBy

func (PresetListBy) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum PresetListBy) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (PresetListBy) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum PresetListBy) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type PresetSettings 

type PresetSettings struct {

	// (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized
	// by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions)
	// can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// Caption settings for this preset. There can be multiple caption settings
	// in a single output.
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescriptionPreset `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"`

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"`

	// (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific
	// video settings depend on the video codec that you choose when you specify
	// a value for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription)
	// per output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for preset

func (PresetSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s PresetSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (PresetSettings) String 

func (s PresetSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*PresetSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *PresetSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type PricingPlan added in v0.5.0 

type PricingPlan string

Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved. For on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For reserved, you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless of how much or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month commitment. 

const (
	PricingPlanOnDemand PricingPlan = "ON_DEMAND"
	PricingPlanReserved PricingPlan = "RESERVED"
)

Enum values for PricingPlan

func (PricingPlan) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum PricingPlan) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (PricingPlan) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum PricingPlan) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ProresCodecProfile 

type ProresCodecProfile string

Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec to use for this output. 

const (
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422      ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq    ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt    ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY"
)

Enum values for ProresCodecProfile

func (ProresCodecProfile) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresCodecProfile) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ProresCodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresCodecProfile) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ProresFramerateControl 

type ProresFramerateControl string

If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator. 

const (
	ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource ProresFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	ProresFramerateControlSpecified            ProresFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for ProresFramerateControl

func (ProresFramerateControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresFramerateControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ProresFramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresFramerateControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm string

When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion. 

const (
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
)

Enum values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ProresInterlaceMode 

type ProresInterlaceMode string

Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose. 

const (
	ProresInterlaceModeProgressive       ProresInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	ProresInterlaceModeTopField          ProresInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeBottomField       ProresInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField    ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for ProresInterlaceMode

func (ProresInterlaceMode) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresInterlaceMode) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ProresInterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresInterlaceMode) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ProresParControl 

type ProresParControl string

Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator). 

const (
	ProresParControlInitializeFromSource ProresParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	ProresParControlSpecified            ProresParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for ProresParControl

func (ProresParControl) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresParControl) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ProresParControl) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresParControl) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ProresSettings 

type ProresSettings struct {

	// Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec
	// to use for this output.
	CodecProfile ProresCodecProfile `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose
	// a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown
	// in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose
	// Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding
	// job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl
	// to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output.
	// Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate
	// from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame
	// rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl ProresFramerateControl `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Frame rate denominator.
	FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator.
	FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output.
	// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce
	// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top
	// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default
	// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore,
	// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the
	// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow
	// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and
	// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending
	// on which of the Follow options you chose.
	InterlaceMode ProresInterlaceMode `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect
	// ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect
	// ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the
	// console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl
	// to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator).
	ParControl ProresParControl `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator.
	ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator.
	ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled
	// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.
	SlowPal ProresSlowPal `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to
	// 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i
	// output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output
	// and leave converstion to the player.
	Telecine ProresTelecine `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value PRORES.

func (ProresSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s ProresSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ProresSettings) String 

func (s ProresSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ProresSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ProresSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ProresSlowPal 

type ProresSlowPal string

Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. 

const (
	ProresSlowPalDisabled ProresSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	ProresSlowPalEnabled  ProresSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for ProresSlowPal

func (ProresSlowPal) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresSlowPal) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ProresSlowPal) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresSlowPal) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ProresTelecine 

type ProresTelecine string

Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave converstion to the player. 

const (
	ProresTelecineNone ProresTelecine = "NONE"
	ProresTelecineHard ProresTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for ProresTelecine

func (ProresTelecine) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresTelecine) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ProresTelecine) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ProresTelecine) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Queue 

type Queue struct {

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you created the queue.
	CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// An optional description that you create for each queue.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you most recently updated the queue.
	LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// A name that you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved.
	// For on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For
	// reserved, you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless
	// of how much or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month
	// commitment.
	PricingPlan PricingPlan `locationName:"pricingPlan" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The estimated number of jobs with a PROGRESSING status.
	ProgressingJobsCount *int64 `locationName:"progressingJobsCount" type:"integer"`

	// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
	// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
	ReservationPlan *ReservationPlan `locationName:"reservationPlan" type:"structure"`

	// Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, the service won't begin
	// processing jobs in that queue. Jobs that are running when you pause the queue
	// continue to run until they finish or result in an error.
	Status QueueStatus `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The estimated number of jobs with a SUBMITTED status.
	SubmittedJobsCount *int64 `locationName:"submittedJobsCount" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies whether this on-demand queue is system or custom. System queues
	// are built in. You can't modify or delete system queues. You can create and
	// modify custom queues.
	Type Type `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.

func (Queue) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Queue) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Queue) String 

func (s Queue) String() string

String returns the string representation

type QueueListBy 

type QueueListBy string

Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by creation date. 

const (
	QueueListByName         QueueListBy = "NAME"
	QueueListByCreationDate QueueListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
)

Enum values for QueueListBy

func (QueueListBy) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum QueueListBy) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (QueueListBy) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum QueueListBy) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type QueueStatus 

type QueueStatus string

Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue won't begin. Jobs that are running when you pause a queue continue to run until they finish or result in an error. 

const (
	QueueStatusActive QueueStatus = "ACTIVE"
	QueueStatusPaused QueueStatus = "PAUSED"
)

Enum values for QueueStatus

func (QueueStatus) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum QueueStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (QueueStatus) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum QueueStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Rectangle 

type Rectangle struct {

	// Height of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"2" type:"integer"`

	// Width of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"2" type:"integer"`

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	X *int64 `locationName:"x" type:"integer"`

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	Y *int64 `locationName:"y" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame.

func (Rectangle) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Rectangle) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Rectangle) String 

func (s Rectangle) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Rectangle) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *Rectangle) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RemixSettings 

type RemixSettings struct {

	// Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the
	// remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within
	// the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel
	// unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification).
	ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMapping" type:"structure"`

	// Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use
	// in your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these
	// channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different.
	ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values:
	// 1, 2, 4, 6, 8... 64. (1 and even numbers to 64.)
	ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Manual audio remixing (RemixSettings) to adjust audio levels for each audio channel in each output of your job. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer audio channels than your input audio source provides.

func (RemixSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s RemixSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (RemixSettings) String 

func (s RemixSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*RemixSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *RemixSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type RenewalType added in v0.5.0 

type RenewalType string

Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term. 

const (
	RenewalTypeAutoRenew RenewalType = "AUTO_RENEW"
	RenewalTypeExpire    RenewalType = "EXPIRE"
)

Enum values for RenewalType

func (RenewalType) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum RenewalType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (RenewalType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum RenewalType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ReservationPlan added in v0.5.0 

type ReservationPlan struct {

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	Commitment Commitment `locationName:"commitment" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when the current pricing plan term for
	// this reserved queue expires.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time `locationName:"expiresAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you set up the current pricing plan
	// for this reserved queue.
	PurchasedAt *time.Time `locationName:"purchasedAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term.
	RenewalType RenewalType `locationName:"renewalType" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel;
	// each RTS can process one job at a time. When you increase this number, you
	// extend your existing commitment with a new 12-month commitment for a larger
	// number of RTS. The new commitment begins when you purchase the additional
	// capacity. You can't decrease the number of RTS in your reserved queue.
	ReservedSlots *int64 `locationName:"reservedSlots" type:"integer"`

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED.
	Status ReservationPlanStatus `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.

func (ReservationPlan) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s ReservationPlan) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ReservationPlan) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ReservationPlan) String() string

String returns the string representation

type ReservationPlanSettings added in v0.5.0 

type ReservationPlanSettings struct {

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	//
	// Commitment is a required field
	Commitment Commitment `locationName:"commitment" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term. When your
	// term is auto renewed, you extend your commitment by 12 months from the auto
	// renew date. You can cancel this commitment.
	//
	// RenewalType is a required field
	RenewalType RenewalType `locationName:"renewalType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"true"`

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel;
	// each RTS can process one job at a time. You can't decrease the number of
	// RTS in your reserved queue. You can increase the number of RTS by extending
	// your existing commitment with a new 12-month commitment for the larger number.
	// The new commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You
	// can't cancel your commitment or revert to your original commitment after
	// you increase the capacity.
	//
	// ReservedSlots is a required field
	ReservedSlots *int64 `locationName:"reservedSlots" type:"integer" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.

func (ReservationPlanSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s ReservationPlanSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ReservationPlanSettings) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ReservationPlanSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ReservationPlanSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *ReservationPlanSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ReservationPlanStatus added in v0.5.0 

type ReservationPlanStatus string

Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED. 

const (
	ReservationPlanStatusActive  ReservationPlanStatus = "ACTIVE"
	ReservationPlanStatusExpired ReservationPlanStatus = "EXPIRED"
)

Enum values for ReservationPlanStatus

func (ReservationPlanStatus) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum ReservationPlanStatus) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ReservationPlanStatus) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum ReservationPlanStatus) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ResourceTags added in v0.5.0 

type ResourceTags struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"`

	// The tags for the resource.
	Tags map[string]string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and tags for an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.

func (ResourceTags) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s ResourceTags) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (ResourceTags) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s ResourceTags) String() string

String returns the string representation

type RespondToAfd 

type RespondToAfd string

Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this output. 

const (
	RespondToAfdNone        RespondToAfd = "NONE"
	RespondToAfdRespond     RespondToAfd = "RESPOND"
	RespondToAfdPassthrough RespondToAfd = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for RespondToAfd

func (RespondToAfd) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum RespondToAfd) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (RespondToAfd) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum RespondToAfd) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type S3DestinationSettings added in v0.8.0 

type S3DestinationSettings struct {

	// Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon
	// S3.
	Encryption *S3EncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings associated with S3 destination

func (S3DestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s S3DestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (S3DestinationSettings) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s S3DestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type S3EncryptionSettings added in v0.8.0 

type S3EncryptionSettings struct {

	// Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt
	// your content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer
	// master key (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your
	// encrypted content. Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages
	// the CMK. For simplest set up, choose Amazon S3 (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3).
	// If you want your master key to be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS),
	// choose AWS KMS (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). By default, when you choose
	// AWS KMS, KMS uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with
	// Amazon S3 to encrypt your data keys. You can optionally choose to specify
	// a different, customer managed CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource
	// Name (ARN) of the key for the setting KMS ARN (kmsKeyArn).
	EncryptionType S3ServerSideEncryptionType `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Optionally, specify the customer master key (CMK) that you want to use to
	// encrypt the data key that AWS uses to encrypt your output content. Enter
	// the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. To use this setting, you must
	// also set Server-side encryption (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) to AWS KMS (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS).
	// If you set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS but don't specify a CMK here,
	// AWS uses the AWS managed CMK associated with Amazon S3.
	KmsKeyArn *string `locationName:"kmsKeyArn" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon S3.

func (S3EncryptionSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s S3EncryptionSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (S3EncryptionSettings) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s S3EncryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type S3ServerSideEncryptionType added in v0.8.0 

type S3ServerSideEncryptionType string

Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt your content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer master key (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your encrypted content. Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages the CMK. For simplest set up, choose Amazon S3 (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3). If you want your master key to be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). By default, when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your data keys. You can optionally choose to specify a different, customer managed CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the setting KMS ARN (kmsKeyArn). 

const (
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3  S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3"
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS"
)

Enum values for S3ServerSideEncryptionType

func (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) MarshalValue added in v0.8.0 

func (enum S3ServerSideEncryptionType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.8.0 

func (enum S3ServerSideEncryptionType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type ScalingBehavior 

type ScalingBehavior string

Specify how the service handles outputs that have a different aspect ratio from the input aspect ratio. Choose Stretch to output (STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT) to have the service stretch your video image to fit. Keep the setting Default (DEFAULT) to have the service letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any value that you specify for the setting Selection placement (position) in this output. 

const (
	ScalingBehaviorDefault         ScalingBehavior = "DEFAULT"
	ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput ScalingBehavior = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"
)

Enum values for ScalingBehavior

func (ScalingBehavior) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ScalingBehavior) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (ScalingBehavior) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum ScalingBehavior) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type SccDestinationFramerate 

type SccDestinationFramerate string

Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the frame rate of the associated video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME). 

const (
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397             SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_23_97"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24               SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_24"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe    SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME"
)

Enum values for SccDestinationFramerate

func (SccDestinationFramerate) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum SccDestinationFramerate) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (SccDestinationFramerate) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum SccDestinationFramerate) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type SccDestinationSettings 

type SccDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and
	// the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches
	// the frame rate of the associated video. If the video frame rate is 29.97,
	// choose 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has
	// video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97
	// non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME).
	Framerate SccDestinationFramerate `locationName:"framerate" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for SCC caption output.

func (SccDestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s SccDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (SccDestinationSettings) String 

func (s SccDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SimulateReservedQueue added in v0.12.0 

type SimulateReservedQueue string

Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs your job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will see with one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default. 

const (
	SimulateReservedQueueDisabled SimulateReservedQueue = "DISABLED"
	SimulateReservedQueueEnabled  SimulateReservedQueue = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for SimulateReservedQueue

func (SimulateReservedQueue) MarshalValue added in v0.12.0 

func (enum SimulateReservedQueue) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (SimulateReservedQueue) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.12.0 

func (enum SimulateReservedQueue) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type SpekeKeyProvider 

type SpekeKeyProvider struct {

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides
	// to MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string `locationName:"certificateArn" type:"string"`

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"`

	// Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups
	// support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id.
	// See https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/ for more details.
	SystemIds []string `locationName:"systemIds" type:"list"`

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.

func (SpekeKeyProvider) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s SpekeKeyProvider) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (SpekeKeyProvider) String 

func (s SpekeKeyProvider) String() string

String returns the string representation

type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf added in v0.11.0 

type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf struct {

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides
	// to MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string `locationName:"certificateArn" type:"string"`

	// Specify the DRM system IDs that you want signaled in the DASH manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The DASH manifest can
	// currently signal up to three system IDs. For more information, see https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	DashSignaledSystemIds []string `locationName:"dashSignaledSystemIds" type:"list"`

	// Specify the DRM system ID that you want signaled in the HLS manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The HLS manifest can currently
	// signal only one system ID. For more information, see https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	HlsSignaledSystemIds []string `locationName:"hlsSignaledSystemIds" type:"list"`

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"`

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.

func (SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) MarshalFields added in v0.11.0 

func (s SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) String added in v0.11.0 

func (s SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StaticKeyProvider 

type StaticKeyProvider struct {

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute.
	// Must be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an
	// implicit value of 'identity'.
	KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"`

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value
	// or a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3).
	KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"`

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify
	// Key Value (StaticKeyValue).
	StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" type:"string"`

	// Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for
	// protecting content.
	Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.

func (StaticKeyProvider) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s StaticKeyProvider) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (StaticKeyProvider) String 

func (s StaticKeyProvider) String() string

String returns the string representation

type StatusUpdateInterval added in v0.8.0 

type StatusUpdateInterval string

Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error. 

const (
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_10"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_12"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_15"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_20"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_30"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_60"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_120"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_180"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_240"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_300"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_360"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_420"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_480"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_540"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_600"
)

Enum values for StatusUpdateInterval

func (StatusUpdateInterval) MarshalValue added in v0.8.0 

func (enum StatusUpdateInterval) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (StatusUpdateInterval) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.8.0 

func (enum StatusUpdateInterval) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type TagResourceInput added in v0.5.0 

type TagResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to tag. To get
	// the ARN, send a GET request with the resource name.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
	// a key-value pair or with only a key.
	//
	// Tags is a required field
	Tags map[string]string `locationName:"tags" type:"map" required:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To add tags to a queue, preset, or job template, send a request with the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource and the tags that you want to add.

func (TagResourceInput) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s TagResourceInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TagResourceInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s TagResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TagResourceInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TagResourceOutput added in v0.5.0 

type TagResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A successful request to add tags to a resource returns an OK message.

func (TagResourceOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s TagResourceOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TagResourceOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TagResourceRequest added in v0.5.0 

type TagResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *TagResourceInput
	Copy  func(*TagResourceInput) TagResourceRequest
}

TagResourceRequest is the request type for the TagResource API operation.

func (TagResourceRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r TagResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*TagResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the TagResource API request.

type TagResourceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type TagResourceResponse struct {
	*TagResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

TagResourceResponse is the response type for the TagResource API operation.

func (*TagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *TagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the TagResource request.

type TeletextDestinationSettings 

type TeletextDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for
	// this output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings
	// ending in -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext
	// data, do not use this field.
	PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" min:"3" type:"string"`

	// Specify the page types for this Teletext page. If you don't specify a value
	// here, the service sets the page type to the default value Subtitle (PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE).
	// If you pass through the entire set of Teletext data, don't use this field.
	// When you pass through a set of Teletext pages, your output has the same page
	// types as your input.
	PageTypes []TeletextPageType `locationName:"pageTypes" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for Teletext caption output

func (TeletextDestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TeletextDestinationSettings) String 

func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TeletextDestinationSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *TeletextDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TeletextPageType added in v0.11.0 

type TeletextPageType string

A page type as defined in the standard ETSI EN 300 468, Table 94 

const (
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial                 TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_INITIAL"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle                TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo                TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_ADDL_INFO"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule         TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_PROGRAM_SCHEDULE"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED_SUBTITLE"
)

Enum values for TeletextPageType

func (TeletextPageType) MarshalValue added in v0.11.0 

func (enum TeletextPageType) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (TeletextPageType) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.11.0 

func (enum TeletextPageType) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type TeletextSourceSettings 

type TeletextSourceSettings struct {

	// Use Page Number (PageNumber) to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page
	// number that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if
	// you are passing through teletext from the input source to output.
	PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" min:"3" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.

func (TeletextSourceSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s TeletextSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TeletextSourceSettings) String 

func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TeletextSourceSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TimecodeBurnin 

type TimecodeBurnin struct {

	// Use Font Size (FontSize) to set the font size of any burned-in timecode.
	// Valid values are 10, 16, 32, 48.
	FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" min:"10" type:"integer"`

	// Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to
	// specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video.
	Position TimecodeBurninPosition `locationName:"position" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Prefix (Prefix) to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode.
	// For example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00".
	// Provide either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The
	// supported range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters,
	// numbers, and all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard.
	Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.

func (TimecodeBurnin) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s TimecodeBurnin) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TimecodeBurnin) String 

func (s TimecodeBurnin) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TimecodeBurnin) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *TimecodeBurnin) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TimecodeBurninPosition 

type TimecodeBurninPosition string

Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video. 

const (
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter    TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft      TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight     TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_RIGHT"
)

Enum values for TimecodeBurninPosition

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TimecodeBurninPosition) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TimecodeBurninPosition) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type TimecodeConfig 

type TimecodeConfig struct {

	// If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor
	// Timecode (Anchor) to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame
	// to the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF)
	// or (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores frame rate conversion. System behavior
	// for Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Source (TimecodeSource).
	// * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART),
	// the first input frame is the specified value in Start Timecode (Start). Anchor
	// Timecode (Anchor) and Start Timecode (Start) are used calculate output timecode.
	// * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) the first frame
	// is 00:00:00:00. * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Embedded (EMBEDDED),
	// the first frame is the timecode value on the first input frame of the input.
	Anchor *string `locationName:"anchor" type:"string"`

	// Use Source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within this
	// job. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized
	// and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose
	// the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in
	// a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) -
	// Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in
	// the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start
	// at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00.
	// * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame
	// to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this
	// value.
	Source TimecodeSource `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Only use when you set Source (TimecodeSource) to Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART).
	// Use Start timecode (Start) to specify the timecode for the initial frame.
	// Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or (HH:MM:SS;FF).
	Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"`

	// Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Timestamp
	// offset (TimestampOffset) to overwrite the timecode date without affecting
	// the time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format
	// "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Time stamp offset, you must also enable Insert program-date-time
	// (InsertProgramDateTime) in the output settings. For example, if the date
	// part of your timecodes is 2002-1-25 and you want to change it to one year
	// later, set Timestamp offset (TimestampOffset) to 2003-1-25.
	TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job. These settings don't affect input clipping.

func (TimecodeConfig) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s TimecodeConfig) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TimecodeConfig) String 

func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TimecodeSource 

type TimecodeSource string

Use Source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this value. 

const (
	TimecodeSourceEmbedded       TimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
	TimecodeSourceZerobased      TimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart TimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Enum values for TimecodeSource

func (TimecodeSource) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TimecodeSource) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (TimecodeSource) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TimecodeSource) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type TimedMetadata 

type TimedMetadata string

Applies only to HLS outputs. Use this setting to specify whether the service inserts the ID3 timed metadata from the input in this output. 

const (
	TimedMetadataPassthrough TimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	TimedMetadataNone        TimedMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for TimedMetadata

func (TimedMetadata) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TimedMetadata) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (TimedMetadata) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TimedMetadata) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type TimedMetadataInsertion 

type TimedMetadataInsertion struct {

	// Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances.
	Id3Insertions []Id3Insertion `locationName:"id3Insertions" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion) objects.

func (TimedMetadataInsertion) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TimedMetadataInsertion) String 

func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) String() string

String returns the string representation

type Timing 

type Timing struct {

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished
	FinishTime *time.Time `locationName:"finishTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began.
	StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job.
	SubmitTime *time.Time `locationName:"submitTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unixTimestamp"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in Unix epoch format in seconds.

func (Timing) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s Timing) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (Timing) String 

func (s Timing) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TrackSourceSettings added in v0.8.0 

type TrackSourceSettings struct {

	// Use this setting to select a single captions track from a source. Track numbers
	// correspond to the order in the captions source file. For IMF sources, track
	// numbering is based on the order that the captions appear in the CPL. For
	// example, use 1 to select the captions asset that is listed first in the CPL.
	// To include more than one captions track in your job outputs, create multiple
	// input captions selectors. Specify one track per selector.
	TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"trackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number. Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of TrackSourceSettings.

func (TrackSourceSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.8.0 

func (s TrackSourceSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TrackSourceSettings) String added in v0.8.0 

func (s TrackSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*TrackSourceSettings) Validate added in v0.8.0 

func (s *TrackSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type TtmlDestinationSettings 

type TtmlDestinationSettings struct {

	// Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source
	// (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output.
	StylePassthrough TtmlStylePassthrough `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information (TtmlStylePassthrough).

func (TtmlDestinationSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (TtmlDestinationSettings) String 

func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type TtmlStylePassthrough 

type TtmlStylePassthrough string

Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output. 

const (
	TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled  TtmlStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled TtmlStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for TtmlStylePassthrough

func (TtmlStylePassthrough) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TtmlStylePassthrough) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (TtmlStylePassthrough) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum TtmlStylePassthrough) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type Type 

type Type string
const (
	TypeSystem Type = "SYSTEM"
	TypeCustom Type = "CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for Type

func (Type) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Type) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (Type) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum Type) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type UntagResourceInput added in v0.5.0 

type UntagResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to remove tags
	// from. To get the ARN, send a GET request with the resource name.
	//
	// Arn is a required field
	Arn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The keys of the tags that you want to remove from the resource.
	TagKeys []string `locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To remove tags from a resource, send a request with the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource and the keys of the tags that you want to remove.

func (UntagResourceInput) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s UntagResourceInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (UntagResourceInput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UntagResourceInput) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UntagResourceOutput added in v0.5.0 

type UntagResourceOutput struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A successful request to remove tags from a resource returns an OK message.

func (UntagResourceOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.5.0 

func (s UntagResourceOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (UntagResourceOutput) String added in v0.5.0 

func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UntagResourceRequest added in v0.5.0 

type UntagResourceRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UntagResourceInput
	Copy  func(*UntagResourceInput) UntagResourceRequest
}

UntagResourceRequest is the request type for the UntagResource API operation.

func (UntagResourceRequest) Send added in v0.5.0 

func (r UntagResourceRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UntagResourceResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UntagResource API request.

type UntagResourceResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UntagResourceResponse struct {
	*UntagResourceOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UntagResourceResponse is the response type for the UntagResource API operation.

func (*UntagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UntagResourceResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UntagResource request.

type UpdateJobTemplateInput 

type UpdateJobTemplateInput struct {

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For
	// information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// User Guide.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

	// The new category for the job template, if you are changing it.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// The new description for the job template, if you are changing it.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the job template you are modifying
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Specify the relative priority for this job. In any given queue, the service
	// begins processing the job with the highest value first. When more than one
	// job has the same priority, the service begins processing the job that you
	// submitted first. If you don't specify a priority, the service uses the default
	// value 0.
	Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

	// The new queue for the job template, if you are changing it.
	Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"`

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
	// sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
	// your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Modify a job template by sending a request with the job template name and any of the following that you wish to change: description, category, and queue.

func (UpdateJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (UpdateJobTemplateInput) String 

func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateJobTemplateInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateJobTemplateOutput 

type UpdateJobTemplateOutput struct {

	// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use
	// to quickly create a job.
	JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful update job template requests will return the new job template JSON.

func (UpdateJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (UpdateJobTemplateOutput) String 

func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateJobTemplateRequest 

type UpdateJobTemplateRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateJobTemplateInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateJobTemplateInput) UpdateJobTemplateRequest
}

UpdateJobTemplateRequest is the request type for the UpdateJobTemplate API operation.

func (UpdateJobTemplateRequest) Send 

func (r UpdateJobTemplateRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateJobTemplateResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateJobTemplate API request.

type UpdateJobTemplateResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdateJobTemplateResponse struct {
	*UpdateJobTemplateOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateJobTemplateResponse is the response type for the UpdateJobTemplate API operation.

func (*UpdateJobTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdateJobTemplateResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateJobTemplate request.

type UpdatePresetInput 

type UpdatePresetInput struct {

	// The new category for the preset, if you are changing it.
	Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

	// The new description for the preset, if you are changing it.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the preset you are modifying.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// Settings for preset
	Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Modify a preset by sending a request with the preset name and any of the following that you wish to change: description, category, and transcoding settings.

func (UpdatePresetInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s UpdatePresetInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (UpdatePresetInput) String 

func (s UpdatePresetInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdatePresetInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdatePresetInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdatePresetOutput 

type UpdatePresetOutput struct {

	// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that
	// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
	Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful update preset requests will return the new preset JSON.

func (UpdatePresetOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s UpdatePresetOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (UpdatePresetOutput) String 

func (s UpdatePresetOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdatePresetRequest 

type UpdatePresetRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdatePresetInput
	Copy  func(*UpdatePresetInput) UpdatePresetRequest
}

UpdatePresetRequest is the request type for the UpdatePreset API operation.

func (UpdatePresetRequest) Send 

func (r UpdatePresetRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdatePresetResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdatePreset API request.

type UpdatePresetResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdatePresetResponse struct {
	*UpdatePresetOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdatePresetResponse is the response type for the UpdatePreset API operation.

func (*UpdatePresetResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdatePresetResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdatePreset request.

type UpdateQueueInput 

type UpdateQueueInput struct {

	// The new description for the queue, if you are changing it.
	Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

	// The name of the queue that you are modifying.
	//
	// Name is a required field
	Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

	// The new details of your pricing plan for your reserved queue. When you set
	// up a new pricing plan to replace an expired one, you enter into another 12-month
	// commitment. When you add capacity to your queue by increasing the number
	// of RTS, you extend the term of your commitment to 12 months from when you
	// add capacity. After you make these commitments, you can't cancel them.
	ReservationPlanSettings *ReservationPlanSettings `locationName:"reservationPlanSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Pause or activate a queue by changing its status between ACTIVE and PAUSED.
	// If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue won't begin. Jobs that are running
	// when you pause the queue continue to run until they finish or result in an
	// error.
	Status QueueStatus `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Modify a queue by sending a request with the queue name and any changes to the queue.

func (UpdateQueueInput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s UpdateQueueInput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (UpdateQueueInput) String 

func (s UpdateQueueInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*UpdateQueueInput) Validate 

func (s *UpdateQueueInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type UpdateQueueOutput 

type UpdateQueueOutput struct {

	// You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS
	// account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't
	// specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For
	// more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
	Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful update queue requests return the new queue information in JSON format.

func (UpdateQueueOutput) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s UpdateQueueOutput) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (UpdateQueueOutput) String 

func (s UpdateQueueOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type UpdateQueueRequest 

type UpdateQueueRequest struct {
	*aws.Request
	Input *UpdateQueueInput
	Copy  func(*UpdateQueueInput) UpdateQueueRequest
}

UpdateQueueRequest is the request type for the UpdateQueue API operation.

func (UpdateQueueRequest) Send 

func (r UpdateQueueRequest) Send(ctx context.Context) (*UpdateQueueResponse, error)

Send marshals and sends the UpdateQueue API request.

type UpdateQueueResponse added in v0.9.0 

type UpdateQueueResponse struct {
	*UpdateQueueOutput
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

UpdateQueueResponse is the response type for the UpdateQueue API operation.

func (*UpdateQueueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata added in v0.9.0 

func (r *UpdateQueueResponse) SDKResponseMetdata() *aws.Response

SDKResponseMetdata returns the response metadata for the UpdateQueue request.

type VideoCodec 

type VideoCodec string

Type of video codec 

const (
	VideoCodecFrameCapture VideoCodec = "FRAME_CAPTURE"
	VideoCodecH264         VideoCodec = "H_264"
	VideoCodecH265         VideoCodec = "H_265"
	VideoCodecMpeg2        VideoCodec = "MPEG2"
	VideoCodecProres       VideoCodec = "PRORES"
)

Enum values for VideoCodec

func (VideoCodec) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum VideoCodec) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (VideoCodec) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum VideoCodec) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type VideoCodecSettings 

type VideoCodecSettings struct {

	// Specifies the video codec. This must be equal to one of the enum values defined
	// by the object VideoCodec.
	Codec VideoCodec `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value FRAME_CAPTURE.
	FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value H_264.
	H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Settings for H265 codec
	H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value MPEG2.
	Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings `locationName:"mpeg2Settings" type:"structure"`

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to
	// the value PRORES.
	ProresSettings *ProresSettings `locationName:"proresSettings" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings

func (VideoCodecSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s VideoCodecSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (VideoCodecSettings) String 

func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*VideoCodecSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *VideoCodecSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type VideoDescription 

type VideoDescription struct {

	// This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert
	// AFD signaling (AfdSignaling) to specify whether the service includes AFD
	// values in the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None
	// to remove all AFD values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input
	// AFD values and instead encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto
	// to calculate output AFD values based on the input AFD scaler data.
	AfdSignaling AfdSignaling `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service
	// no longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in
	// your job, the service will ignore the setting.
	AntiAlias AntiAlias `locationName:"antiAlias" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains
	// the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group
	// vary depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For
	// each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object.
	// The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * H_264, H264Settings
	// * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE,
	// FrameCaptureSettings
	CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`

	// Choose Insert (INSERT) for this setting to include color metadata in this
	// output. Choose Ignore (IGNORE) to exclude color metadata from this output.
	// If you don't specify a value, the service sets this to Insert by default.
	ColorMetadata ColorMetadata `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service
	// will include in the output video frame.
	Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"`

	// Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service
	// will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame
	// timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled
	// by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled.
	DropFrameTimecode DropFrameTimecode `locationName:"dropFrameTimecode" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Applies only if you set AFD Signaling(AfdSignaling) to Fixed (FIXED). Use
	// Fixed (FixedAfd) to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write
	// on all frames of this video output.
	FixedAfd *int64 `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"integer"`

	// Use the Height (Height) setting to define the video resolution height for
	// this output. Specify in pixels. If you don't provide a value here, the service
	// will use the input height.
	Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"32" type:"integer"`

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
	Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"`

	// Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the
	// video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to
	// clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect
	// ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the
	// input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE).
	// A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE)
	// and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values
	// from this output.
	RespondToAfd RespondToAfd `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Specify how the service handles outputs that have a different aspect ratio
	// from the input aspect ratio. Choose Stretch to output (STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT)
	// to have the service stretch your video image to fit. Keep the setting Default
	// (DEFAULT) to have the service letterbox your video instead. This setting
	// overrides any value that you specify for the setting Selection placement
	// (position) in this output.
	ScalingBehavior ScalingBehavior `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use Sharpness (Sharpness) setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing.
	// This setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling.
	// Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input
	// resolution. 0 is the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended
	// for most content.
	Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"`

	// Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode
	// insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate.
	// To include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion (VideoTimecodeInsertion)
	// to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To leave them out, set it to DISABLED. Default is DISABLED.
	// When the service inserts timecodes in an output, by default, it uses any
	// embedded timecodes from the input. If none are present, the service will
	// set the timecode for the first output frame to zero. To change this default
	// behavior, adjust the settings under Timecode configuration (TimecodeConfig).
	// In the console, these settings are located under Job > Job settings > Timecode
	// configuration. Note - Timecode source under input settings (InputTimecodeSource)
	// does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the output. Source under
	// Job settings > Timecode configuration (TimecodeSource) does.
	TimecodeInsertion VideoTimecodeInsertion `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors).
	// Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled
	// by default.
	VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor `locationName:"videoPreprocessors" type:"structure"`

	// Use Width (Width) to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this
	// output. If you don't provide a value here, the service will use the input
	// width.
	Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"32" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for video outputs

func (VideoDescription) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s VideoDescription) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (VideoDescription) String 

func (s VideoDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*VideoDescription) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *VideoDescription) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type VideoDetail 

type VideoDetail struct {

	// Height in pixels for the output
	HeightInPx *int64 `locationName:"heightInPx" type:"integer"`

	// Width in pixels for the output
	WidthInPx *int64 `locationName:"widthInPx" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains details about the output's video stream

func (VideoDetail) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s VideoDetail) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (VideoDetail) String 

func (s VideoDetail) String() string

String returns the string representation

type VideoPreprocessor 

type VideoPreprocessor struct {

	// Enable the Color corrector (ColorCorrector) feature if necessary. Enable
	// or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled
	// by default.
	ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector `locationName:"colorCorrector" type:"structure"`

	// Use Deinterlacer (Deinterlacer) to produce smoother motion and a clearer
	// picture.
	Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer `locationName:"deinterlacer" type:"structure"`

	// Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay
	// on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually.
	// This setting is disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"`

	// Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your
	// video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output
	// individually. This setting is disabled by default.
	NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer `locationName:"noiseReducer" type:"structure"`

	// Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified
	// prefix into the output.
	TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin `locationName:"timecodeBurnin" type:"structure"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.

func (VideoPreprocessor) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s VideoPreprocessor) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (VideoPreprocessor) String 

func (s VideoPreprocessor) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*VideoPreprocessor) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *VideoPreprocessor) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type VideoSelector 

type VideoSelector struct {

	// If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know
	// about color space, leave this set to the default value Follow (FOLLOW). The
	// service will automatically detect your input color space. If your input video
	// has metadata indicating the wrong color space, specify the accurate color
	// space here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering
	// Display Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream,
	// or if that metadata is present but not accurate, choose Force HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10)
	// here and specify correct values in the input HDR 10 metadata (Hdr10Metadata)
	// settings. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	ColorSpace ColorSpace `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input
	// settings Color space (ColorSpace) and HDR master display information settings(Hdr10Metadata).
	// The Color space usage setting determines which takes precedence. Choose Force
	// (FORCE) to use color metadata from the input job settings. If you don't specify
	// values for those settings, the service defaults to using metadata from your
	// input. FALLBACK - Choose Fallback (FALLBACK) to use color metadata from the
	// source when it is present. If there's no color metadata in your input file,
	// the service defaults to using values you specify in the input settings.
	ColorSpaceUsage ColorSpaceUsage `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Use these settings to provide HDR 10 metadata that is missing or inaccurate
	// in your input video. Appropriate values vary depending on the input video
	// and must be provided by a color grader. The color grader generates these
	// values during the HDR 10 mastering process. The valid range for each of these
	// settings is 0 to 50,000. Each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color
	// coordinate. Related settings - When you specify these values, you must also
	// set Color space (ColorSpace) to HDR 10 (HDR10). To specify whether the the
	// values you specify here take precedence over the values in the metadata of
	// your input file, set Color space usage (ColorSpaceUsage). To specify whether
	// color metadata is included in an output, set Color metadata (ColorMetadata).
	// For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"`

	// Use PID (Pid) to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this
	// value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal
	// value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is
	// an identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container.
	Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream.
	// Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"`

	// Use Rotate (InputRotate) to specify how the service rotates your video. You
	// can choose automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise
	// rotation of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is
	// .mov or .mp4 and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic
	// to have the service rotate your video according to the rotation specified
	// in the metadata. The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270
	// degrees. If the rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service
	// will default to no rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even
	// if your input video has rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through
	// rotation metadata.
	Rotate InputRotate `locationName:"rotate" type:"string" enum:"true"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Selector for video.

func (VideoSelector) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s VideoSelector) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (VideoSelector) String 

func (s VideoSelector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*VideoSelector) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *VideoSelector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type VideoTimecodeInsertion 

type VideoTimecodeInsertion string

Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate. To include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To leave them out, set it to DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service inserts timecodes in an output, by default, it uses any embedded timecodes from the input. If none are present, the service will set the timecode for the first output frame to zero. To change this default behavior, adjust the settings under Timecode configuration (TimecodeConfig). In the console, these settings are located under Job > Job settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode source under input settings (InputTimecodeSource) does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration (TimecodeSource) does. 

const (
	VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled     VideoTimecodeInsertion = "DISABLED"
	VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei VideoTimecodeInsertion = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

Enum values for VideoTimecodeInsertion

func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) MarshalValue added in v0.3.0 

func (enum VideoTimecodeInsertion) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.3.0 

func (enum VideoTimecodeInsertion) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type WavFormat added in v0.5.0 

type WavFormat string

The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio is likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64. 

const (
	WavFormatRiff WavFormat = "RIFF"
	WavFormatRf64 WavFormat = "RF64"
)

Enum values for WavFormat

func (WavFormat) MarshalValue added in v0.5.0 

func (enum WavFormat) MarshalValue() (string, error)

func (WavFormat) MarshalValueBuf added in v0.5.0 

func (enum WavFormat) MarshalValueBuf(b []byte) ([]byte, error)

type WavSettings 

type WavSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding
	// quality for this audio track.
	BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" min:"16" type:"integer"`

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are
	// 1 and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

	// The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio
	// is likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended
	// support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64.
	Format WavFormat `locationName:"format" type:"string" enum:"true"`

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"8000" type:"integer"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value WAV.

func (WavSettings) MarshalFields added in v0.3.0 

func (s WavSettings) MarshalFields(e protocol.FieldEncoder) error

MarshalFields encodes the AWS API shape using the passed in protocol encoder.

func (WavSettings) String 

func (s WavSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*WavSettings) Validate added in v0.5.0 

func (s *WavSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
Package mediaconvertiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Elemental MediaConvert service client for testing your code.
 Package mediaconvertiface provides an interface to enable mocking the AWS Elemental MediaConvert service client for testing your code.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.